Product Detail Manual

122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 783643 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 106123-Attachment 106123-Attachment 783643 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 116

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600/347V Circuit Breakers

240V Circuit Breakers

BQ Breakers
Selection and ordering data

	

240V

BQ 	
BQH 	
HBQ	

10KAIC
22KAIC
65KAIC

QJ Breakers

CQD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

240V

	

480/277V	

600/347V

QJ2 	
QJH-2 	
QJ2-H	
HQJ2 	

10KAIC
22KAIC
42KAIC
65KAIC

CQD 	

14KAIC	

—
10KAIC

CQD-6	 —	

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 240 volt
circuits (UL)

2- & 3-pole up to 225A for circuit
protection up to 240 voltcircuits (UL)

Information 	
General Data 	
Accessories 	

Information 	
General Data 	
Accessories 	

Page
17/9–17/10
17/105–17/112

600/347V Circuit Breakers

Page
17/11
17/105–17/112

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 100A for circuit
protection up to 600/347V (CSA) &
480/277V (UL) circuits
Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Page
17/12
17/14
17/105–17/112

600V Circuit Breakers

GG Breakers

DG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

480V	

	

480V	

	

480V	

NGG 	
HGG	
LGG	

25KAIC	 14KAIC
35KAIC	 14KAIC
65KAIC	 14KAIC

NDG	
HDG 	
LDG 	

35KAIC	 18KAIC
65KAIC 	 18KAIC
100KAIC 	18KAIC

NFG 	
HFG	
LFG 	

35KAIC 	 18KAIC	
65KAIC 	 20KAIC
100KAIC 	25KAIC

600/347V

FG VL Breakers
600Y/347V

600V

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600/347
volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 150A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 150A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
Breakers & Trip Units 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Page
17/13
17/14
17/105–17/112

Page
17/17–17/19
17/23
17/43–17/57

Page
17/20-17/22
17/23
17/43–17/57

17/1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600V Circuit Breakers

JG VL Breakers

LG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

480V	

	

480V	

	

480V	

NJG 	
HJG 	
LJG 	

35KAIC 	 25KAIC	
65KAIC 	 25KAIC
100KAIC 	25KAIC

NLG 	
HLG 	
LLG 	

35KAIC 	 18KAIC 	
65KAIC 	 18KAIC
100KAIC 	 18KAIC

NMG 	
HMG 	
LMG 	

35KAIC 	 25KAIC
65KAIC 	 35KAIC
100KAIC 	50KAIC

600V

MG VL Breakers
600V

600V

2- & 3-pole up to 400A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Page
17/24-17/26
17/30
17/43-17/57

Page
17/27-17/29
17/30
17/43-17/57

Page
17/31-17/33
17/39
17/43-17/57

600V Circuit Breakers

VL Circuit Breakers:

NG VL Breakers

PG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

480V	

	

480V	

NNG 	
HNG 	
LNG 	

35KAIC 	 25KAIC	
65KAIC 	 35KAIC
100KAIC 	65KAIC

NPG 	
HPG 	
LPG 	

35KAIC 	 25KAIC	
65KAIC 	 35KAIC
100KAIC 	65KAIC

600V

600V

2- & 3-pole up to 1200A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

17/2

Page
17/34-17/36
17/39
17/43-17/57

Additional Information	
		
Contents		
Page
Table of Contents	
17/1–17/4
Catalog Numbering System	 17/5–17/8
Trip Unit Overview 	
17/15–17/16
Molded Case Switch 	
17/40
Molded Case Protector 	
17/41
600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers 	
17/42
Accessory Locations 	
17/58
Suffix for Internal Accessories 	 17/59
Technical Data 	
17/60–17/61
Unusual Operating Conditions 	 17/62
Breaker Modifications 	
17/104
400 Hz Systems 	
17/115

Page
17/37-17/38
17/39
17/43-17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron ED Breakers

Sentron HED/CED Breakers

Sentron FD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

600V

	

480V	

	

480V	

—
—
18KAIC

HED4	
CED6 	

42KAIC	
200KAIC 	100KAIC
-

FD6 	
HFD6 	
HHFD6 	
CFD6 	

35KAIC 	 22KAIC	
65KAIC 	 25KAIC
100KAIC 	25KAIC
200KAIC 100KAIC

	

240V 	

480V 	

ED2 	
ED4 	
ED6	

10KAIC		—	
65KAIC 	 18KAIC 	
65KAIC	 25KAIC	

600/V

600V

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600
volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt 		
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

2- & 3-pole up to 250A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Page
17/63
17/65
17/105-17/112

Page
17/64
17/65
17/105-17/112

Page
17/66-67
17/68
17/105-17/112

600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron JD Breakers

Sentron LD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

240V	

480V	

600V	

	

480V	

Sentron LMD Breakers
Selection and ordering data

600V

480V	

600/V

LMD6 	 50KAIC 	 25KAIC
HLMD6 	 65KAIC 	 50KAIC	

JD2 	
65KAIC	 —	
—
JD6, SJD6-A 	 65KAIC 	 35KAIC 	 25KAIC
HHJD6 	
200KAIC 100KAIC	 50KAIC
CJD6,SCJD6-A 	200KAIC 150KAIC	 100KAIC
HJD6, SHJD6-A	 100KAIC	65KAIC	 35KAIC

LD6, SLD6-A 	
HLD6, SHLD6-A 	
HHLD6 	
CLD6, SCLD6-A 	

2- & 3-pole up to 400A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

2- & 3-pole up to 600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Page
17/69-17/71
17/72
17/105-17/112

35KAIC 	 25KAIC	
65KAIC 	 25KAIC
100KAIC 	50KAIC
150KAIC 	100KAIC

	

Page
17/73-17/75
17/76
17/105-17/112

Page
17/77-17/78
17/79
17/105-17/112

17/3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron MD Breakers

Sentron ND Breakers

Sentron PD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

	

480V	

600V

	

480V	

600V

	

480V	

600V

MD, SMD6	
HMD, SHMD6 	
CMD, SCMD6 	

50KAIC 	
65KAIC 	
100KAIC 	

25KAIC	
50KAIC
65KAIC

ND, SND6 	
HND, SHND6 	
CND, SCND6 	

50KAIC 	
65KAIC 	
100KAIC 	

25KAIC
50KAIC
65KAIC

PD, SPD6 	
HPD, SHPD6 	
CPD 	

50KAIC 	
65KAIC 	
100KAIC 	

25KAIC	
50KAIC
65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

Page
17/80-17/82
17/86
17/105-17/112

Page
17/83-17/85
17/86
17/105-17/112

Page
17/87-17/88
17/90
17/105-17/112

600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron Circuit Breakers:
Additional Information	

Sentron RD Breakers
Selection and ordering data

	

480V	

600V

RD 	
HRD 	

50KAIC 	
65KAIC 	

25KAIC	
50KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 2000A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt 		
circuits (UL/CSA)
Information 	
General Data 	
Internal Accessories 	
External Accessories	

17/4

		
Contents	
Table of Contents	
Catalog Numbering System	
ETI Motor Circuit Protector	
Adjustable Magnetic
Trip Setting	
Molded Case Switch 	
Internal Accessories–Combinations
Sensitrip III Electronic
Trip Breakers 	
Electronic & Communication
Accessories	
Lug Information 	
Unusual Operating Conditions 	
Breaker Modifications 	
400 Hz Systems 	

Page
17/1–17/4
17/5–17/8
17/91–17/93
17/94–17/96
17/97

17/98–17/99
17/100
17/101–17/103
17/114
17/115
17/116

Page
17/89
17/90
17/105-17/112
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Introduction

Ordering
In the FD through RD frames, you may
order molded case circuit breakers three
basic ways:
b	 As separately ordered frames, trip
units and lugs
b	 As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as
one catalog number and shipped
unassembled or assembled
b	 As Frame and Trip Unit shipped
assembled and with the trip unit made
non-removable, in compliance with UL
489 requirements that to be reverse
fed the circuit breaker must not have
an interchangeable trip unit.
These two options are described in the
following:
Components Ordered Separately
To get the components for a 3-pole, 400
Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker,
you would order the frame (JD63F400),
the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs
(TA2J6500). This option is normally
useful only if you stock and use large
volumes of product and wish to reduce
your inventory cost. You may stock, for
example, a smaller number of frames
(JD63F400) and a variety of trip units
(JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and
assemble breakers as you need them.
Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs
Ordered Together
If you order the catalog number
JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a
trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages.
By suffixing this number with “L” (e.g.
JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip
unit and lugs assembled in one container.
Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered
thus will have the markings “LINE” and
“LOAD”, and may not be “reverse fed”
(with power flowing from the “OFF” end
of the breaker toward the “ON” end).
Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers
If you place an “X” after the frame size
designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will
receive a frame and trip unit assembled,
with the trip unit made non-removable.
If you suffix an “L” to this catalog
number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will
receive the breaker, non-removable trip
unit and lugs assembled. Unless you
anticipate a specific need to change the
breaker’s ampere rating in the future,
this is the preferred ordering method, as
the products are assembled to Siemens’
specifications in our factories. These
breakers are suitable for use reverse fed
according to UL 489, since the trip unit is
not removable.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below)
do not have removable trip units, and
consequently are shipped only as
assembled products. To add lugs,
see the ordering instructions on
each product’scatalog page.

500V DC Wiring Configuration

Connecting Breakers for DC
Application
Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip
MCCBs are applicable on direct current
(dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc
systems a two pole breaker is used,
with one pole on each leg of the supply
circuit. For three pole breakers applied on
500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is
important to connect the power supply
“zig-zag” through the breaker as shown
in the figure below. This assures that the
Voltage between phases on the breaker
terminals is uniformly distributed.

17/5

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System
Selection/Application

Interrupting Class
	 N	—	Normal
	 H	—	High
	 L	 —	Very High
	 C	—	Trip Unit Only
Frame Family
D	 —	 Type DG
F	 —	 Type FG
J	 —	 Type JG
Breaker Type

L	 —	 Type LG
M	 —	 Type MG
N	 —	 Type NG

E	 —	 Global DG Frame Only
		 600 Y/347 V
G	 —	 Global interchangeable (UL,
		 IEC, CE, CSA, NOM, CCC)
J	 —	 240V rated JG frame,
		 Non-interchangeable only
K	 —	 Global, Non-interchangeable
		 (DG, LG-frame)
M 	—	 Motor Circuit Protector
P	 —	 Motor Circuit Protector
		 (DG Only)

P	 —	 Type PG

R	—	 Molded Case Switch
		 (DG, LG-frame)
S	 —	 Molded Case Switch
T	 —	 Trip Unit Only
V	 —	 Thermal Magnetic, standard 40°C
ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA
(LG frame)
W	 —	 100% rated, Non-interchangeable
		 (DG, LG-frame)
X	 —	 Global Non-interchangeable
Y 	—	 100% rated, Non-interchangeable

Number of Poles
	 2, 3
Trip Unit
F	 —	 Frame only, without trip unit
B	 —	 Thermal Magnetic, standard 40° C ambient	
L	 —	 Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low
		 instantaneous range
J	 —	 Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low
		 instantaneous range (LG-frame)
M	 —	 Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard
		 instantaneous range
Y	 —	 Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard
		 instantaneous range (LG-frame)
H	 —	 Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High
		 instantaneous range

S	 —	 Molded Case Switch
A	 —	 Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected)
G	 —	 Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or
		 return type ground fault protection)
K	 —	 Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W
		 (selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm)
R	 —	 Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected)
T	 —	 Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected)
V	 —	 Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection
W	 —	 Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection

Continuous Current Rating
	 For DG use 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150
	 For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250
	 For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400
	 For LG use 400, 500, 600
	 For MG use 600, 700, 800
	 For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)
	 For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)
Terminations
	 B	—	Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs	
	 L	 —	Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs	
	 X	—	No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow)					
Accessories
	 Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations
	 Suffix	 Description
	 A1	 —	 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG)	
Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for
	 A2	 —	 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG)	
alarm purposes, only one of these switches may
	 A3	 —	 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG)	
be used as there is only one space for an alarm.
	 A3	 —	 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG)	
	 A4	 —	 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG)
	 Shunt Trips
	 RB	 —	 24 VDC	
RM	— 48-60 VAC	
	 RC	 —	 48-60 VDC	
RN	 — 110-127 VAC	
	 RD	—	 110-127 VDC	
RS	 —	208-277 VAC	
LCD = Liquid Crystal Display
	 RE	 —	 250 VDC	
RV	 —	380-600 VAC
LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions
	
LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions
	 Under Voltage Releases
LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions
	 UA	—	 12 VDC	
UN	— 110-127 VAC	
GF = Ground Fault
	 UB	— 24 VDC	
UP	 — 208 VAC		
3P = 3-pole
	 UC	—	 48 VDC	
UR	 — 220-250 VAC		
4W = 4-wire
	 UD	—	 110-127 VDC	
US	 — 277 VAC		
	 UE	—	 220-250 VDC	
UT	 — 380-415 VAC		
	 UG	—	 60 VDC	
UU	— 440-480 VAC	
	 UK	—	 24 VAC
	Select

Frames

17/6

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System
Selection

If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 15-digit catalog number. See the examples
below for a detailed explanation. The 15 digit number is achieved by placing X’s in positions not being occupied by an
accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories.
Auxiliary Switch Example:

HFG3B200L A2 XXXX
	

Standard 9-digit	

Aux. Switch	 Completes Cat #

Shunt Trip / UVR Example:

HFG3B200L XX UN XX
	

Standard 9-digit	

UVR	

	

	

Completes Cat #

Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example:

HFG3B200L A2 RN XX
	
	

Standard 9-digit	
	

Aux. 	
Switch	

Shunt	 Completes
Trip	
Cat #

Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example:

HFX3B200L
	

Standard 9-digit

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

17/7

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System
Selection/Application

If used on 250A frame and above means
non-interchangeable trip breaker with
factory assembled frame and trip. Solid
state trip and current limiting (S or C in
first character) are non-interchangeable
only, and the “X” is omitted.

X D
Trip Unit Type
	 — Omitted – Thermal-Magnetic
S	 — Sensitrip® Electronic Trip
Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range
	 — Omitted – Standard Rating
H	 — High IC Rating
HH	— Extra High IC Rating
C	 — Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting
Frame Identifier
E	 — Type ED	
F	 — Type FD	
J	 — Type JD	
L	 — Type LD	
LM	 — Type LMD

M	 —
N	 —
P	 —
R	 —

Type
Type
Type
Type

MD
ND
PD
RD

Maximum Voltage
2 — 240 Vac
4 — 480 Vac
6 — 600 Vac
Number of Poles
1
2
3	
9  used to indicate the max. functions for an electronic trip circuit breaker (always 3 poles)
(Specific Application Type)
B	 — Standard 40°C Breaker
M	— Calibrated for 50°C Application
F	 — Frame Only
T	 — 40°C Trip Unit Only
W	— 50°C Trip Unit Only
S	 — Molded Case Switch
L	 — Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker
A	 — Standard Range ETI Breaker
H	 — High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker
Maximum Continuous Current Rating
ED Frame	 — 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125
FD Frame	 — 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250
JD Frame	 — 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400
LD Frame	 — 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600
LMD Frame	— 500, 600, 700, 800
MD Frame	 — 500, 600, 700, 800
ND Frame	 — 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)
PD Frame	 — 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)
RD Frame	 — 160 (1600A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A)
Suffix
L	 — where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed
A	— used with a switch to show automatic self protection
Y	— 400 Hertz
H	— 100% rated
P	 — Load side lugs only
NOTE:
	

— Position omitted if not used.

17/8

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE
Selection

All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix “L” to catalog number. Consult Siemens
for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40°C maximum ambient application.
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C

Type BQ

Type BQH

Type HBQ

10,000A IR

22,000A IR

65,000A IR

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

1-Pole (120V AC)e
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70

BQ1B015d
BQ1B020d
BQ1B025
BQ1B030
BQ1B035n
BQ1B040
BQ1B045n
BQ1B050
BQ1B060n
BQ1B070n

2-Pole (Common-Trip 120/240V
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

BQ2B015
BQ2B020
BQ2B025
BQ2B030
BQ2B035
BQ2B040
BQ2B045
BQ2B050
BQ2B060
BQ2B070
BQ2B080
BQ2B090
BQ2B100
BQ2B110
BQ2B125

2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

BQ2H015
BQ2H020
BQ2H030
BQ2H040n
BQ2H050
BQ2H060
BQ2H070n
BQ2H080n
BQ2H090n
BQ2H100n

BQ1B015Hd
BQ1B020Hd
BQ1B025Hn
BQ1B030H
BQ1B035Hn
BQ1B040H
BQ1B045Hn
BQ1B050H
BQ1B060Hn
BQ1B070Hn
AC)f

BQ2B015H
BQ2B020H
BQ2B025Hn
BQ2B030H
BQ2B035Hn
BQ2B040H
BQ2B045Hn
BQ2B050H
BQ2B060H
BQ2B070Hn
BQ2B080Hn
BQ2B090Hn
BQ2B100H
BQ2B110H
BQ2B125H
AC)cf

HB1B015nd
HB1B020nd
HB1B025n
HB1B030n
HB1B035n
HB1B040n
HB1B045n
HB1B050n
HB1B060n
HB1B070n

1-Pole

HB2B015n
HB2B020n
HB2B025n
HB2B030n
HB2B035n
HB2B040n
HB2B045n
HB2B050n
HB2B060n
HB2B070n
HB2B080
HB2B090n
HB2B100
HB2B110n
HB2B125

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

BQ3B015H
BQ3B020H
BQ3B025Hn
BQ3B030H
BQ3B035H
BQ3B040H
BQ3B045H
BQ3B050H
BQ3B060H
BQ3B070H
BQ3B080Hn
BQ3B090Hn
BQ3B100H

HB3B015n
HB3B020n
HB3B025
HB3B030
HB3B035
HB3B040
HB3B045
HB3B050
HB3B060
HB3B070n
HB3B080n
HB3B090n
HB3B100

2-Pole

3-Pole

3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC)g
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100

BQ3B015
BQ3B020
BQ3B025n
BQ3B030
BQ3B035n
BQ3B040
BQ3B045n
BQ3B050
BQ3B060
BQ3B070
BQ3B080
BQ3B090
BQ3B100

BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories
Description	
120V Shunt Trip	
24V Shunt Trip	
120V Auxiliary Switch	

Catalog Number	 Field/Factory Installed
add suffix...00S01n 	
Factory
add suffix...00S07n 	
Factory
add suffix...01nb	
Factory

n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery
a 	UL

Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,
UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps
and above, HACR rated.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b 1A
c UL


Factory Modifications
Description	
Catalog Number
Line Side Lugs	
add suffix...L
Quick Connect Lug	
add suffix...QX
400Hz Calibration	
add suffix...Y h
Marine 50˚ C Ambient 	
add suffix...M
Calibration
Fungus Proofing	
add suffix...F

For external accessories, please refer
to page 17/106

and 1B contacts.
Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems —
10,000 for this application.
d UL

Listed for frequent switching
applications (SWD). 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting.

Product Category: MCCB

e Shipped

12 per sleeve.
f Shipped

6 per sleeve.
g Shipped

4 per sleeve.
h UL Listed

5KA IR.

17/9

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers
Selection/Dimensions

Breaker
Type

Ampere
Rating

Catalog
Number

Load Side
Connector

1-Pole DIN Rail (120V AC)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60

BQXD
1-Pole
120V
DIN Rail

Interrupting Ratings (KA)
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC

BQ1B010QLD
BQ1B015QLD
BQ1B020QLD
BQ1B025QLD
BQ1B030QLD
BQ1B035QLD
BQ1B040QLD
BQ1B045QLD
BQ1B050QLD
BQ1B060QLD
BQ1B010QXD
BQ1B015QXD
BQ1B020QXD
BQ1B025QXD
BQ1B030QXD
BQ1B035QXD
BQ1B040QXD
BQ1B045QXD
BQ1B050QXD
BQ1B060QXD

120

TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect

120/240

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

BQ1B015QLD

BQ2B015QLD

BQ1B015QXD

BQ2B015QXD

2-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60

BQXD

2-Pole
120/240V
DIN Rail

BQ2B010QLD
BQ2B015QLD
BQ2B020QLD
BQ2B025QLD
BQ2B030QLD
BQ2B035QLD
BQ2B040QLD
BQ2B045QLD
BQ2B050QLD
BQ2B060QLD
BQ2B010QXD
BQ2B015QXD
BQ2B020QXD
BQ2B025QXD
BQ2B030QXD
BQ2B035QXD
BQ2B040QXD
BQ2B045QXD
BQ2B050QXD
BQ2B060QXD

TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Lugs-For Use with BQ, BQH, HBQ
	 Circuit	
	 Breaker	
	 Amp. Rtg.	
	 Line Side
		10–40
	
	
		45–125
	
	
	 Load Side
	 10	
		15–20
	
	
		25–35
	
	
		40–50
	
	
		55–70
	
	
		80–100
	
	
		110–125
	
	

Cab.	
Per	
Lug	

Lug	
Wire Range	
AWG	

1	
1	
1	
1	

#16–#6 Cu	
#12–#6 Al
#8–#1 Cu	
#6–#1/0 Al

2	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	
1	

#16 Cu
#14–#10 Cu	
#12–#10 Al	
#14–#6 Cu	
#12–#10 Al	
#8–#6 Cu	
#8–#4 Al	
#8–#4 Cu	
#8–#2 Al	
#4–#1/0 Cu	
#2–#1/0 Al	
#2–#1/0 Cu	
#1/0–#2/0 Al

Catalog
Number
TC1Q1 a b
TA1Q1

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,
UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps
and above, HACR rated.

17/10

Protects against accidental contact with
lugs–1 per lug. Fits line and load end.
Catalog Number	

Qty

BQFS2	

2	

BQFS1K	

1000	

Enclosures
Connectors
are
Supplied
with
Circuit
Breaker

For inches / millimeters conversion,
see Application Data section.
a 	UL

Finger Safe Terminal Shield

Type	

Catalog Number d

1	

EB3100S c	

3R	

WB3100		

bConnector

Product Category: MCCB

Dimensions (inches)
L	

D1	

D2

BQ, BQH	
BQ, BQH	
HBQ	
BQXD	

33⁄4	
4	
4	
41⁄2	

23⁄8	
23⁄8	
23⁄8	
23⁄8	

3
3
3
3

15–50	
55–125	
15–125	
15–60	

	

has steel construction.
mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required,
replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”.
Neutral included in enclosure.
Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt
trips or auxiliary switches installed.
cSurface

Breaker		
Type	
Amperes	

Type

BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on line side of 	
	circuit breaker.

For external accessories, please refer
to pages 17/106, 17/108 to 17/113
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

QJ 225A Frame

Selection/Dimensions
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

2-Pole
240V AC
Catalog Number

3-Pole
240V AC
Catalog Number

QJ22B060n
QJ22B070n
QJ22B080n
QJ22B090n
QJ22B100
QJ22B110n
QJ22B125
QJ22B150
QJ22B175
QJ22B200
QJ22B225

QJ23B060
QJ23B070
QJ23B080n
QJ23B090n
QJ23B100
QJ23B110
QJ23B125
QJ23B150
QJ23B175
QJ23B200
QJ23B225

QJH22B060n
QJH22B070n
QJH22B080n
QJH22B090n
QJH22B100n
QJH22B110n
QJH22B125
QJH22B150
QJH22B175n
QJH22B200
QJH22B225

QJH23B060n
QJH23B070n
QJH23B080n
QJH23B090n
QJH23B100
QJH23B110
QJH23B125
QJH23B150
QJH23B175
QJH23B200
QJH23B225

QJ22B060Hn
QJ22B070Hn
QJ22B080Hn
QJ22B090Hn
QJ22B100Hn
QJ22B110Hn
QJ22B125H
QJ22B150H
QJ22B175Hn
QJ22B200H
QJ22B225H

QJ23B060Hn
QJ23B070Hn
QJ23B080Hn
QJ23B090Hn
QJ23B100H
QJ23B110Hn
QJ23B125H
QJ23B150H
QJ23B175H
QJ23B200H
QJ23B225H

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

HQJ23B100s
HQJ23B110s
HQJ23B125s
HQJ23B150s
HQJ23B175s
HQJ23B200s
HQJ23B225s

Ordering Information
Load side TA1Q300 lugs are mounted and
included when circuit breaker is ordered.
For line and load lugs (TA1Q300) installed at
no additional charge, add suffix “L” to catalog
number.

Type QJ2b
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175
200
225

50°C Calibration - See page 17/104.
400HZ. - See page 17/104.

Shipping Weights
QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, HQJ2

Type QJH2b
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175
200
225

Type

Number of	
Poles	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight (lbs.)

2	
3	

10	
10	

30
41

Lugs For 75°C Wire a
Catalog	
Number	

Lug
Wire Range

	
	
TA1Q300
Al
		

(1) #6—300 kcmil Cu
(1) #4—300 kcmil Al

TC1Q250	

(1) #6—250 kcmil Cu

Cu	

Enclosures (Neutral Included)

QJ2Hb

060
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175
200
225

Lug	
Body	

	
Type	

Catalog
Number

1	
3R (2-pole)	
3R (3-pole)	

EB3225(S)(F)	
WB2225	
WB3225	

UL 489 Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
Type
QJ2
QJH2
QJ2H
HQJ2

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240

208Y/120

10
22
42
65

—
—
—
100

Type HQJ2b
7’’

3’’
2-pole

QJ2

4.5’’ 3-pole

Internal Accessories (Factory installed only) (3-pole only)c
Add suffix to catalog number.
Auxiliary Switches
Shunt Trip

AC

DC

Suffix

Suffix

Suffix

Suffix

24
48

00S01n
00S07n
00S09n

A01n
A01n
A01n

A02n
A02n
A02n

01S01n
01S07n
01S09n

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Note: A page 17/42.
Note: QJ breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed
applications.

a See

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

2A and 2B

Shunt Trip and 1A and
1B Auxiliary Switch

Control Voltage
120/240

1A and 1B

2.5 D
3’’

100
110
125
150
175
200
225

b HACR

rated.
accessories are not available on 2-pole QJ
breakers.

c Internal


Product Category: MCCB

For external accessories, please refer
to pages 17/108 to 17/113

17/11

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

CQD 100A Frame

Selection/Dimensions

Shipping Weights

Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mountc
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
160
170
180
190
100

1-Pole
277V AC
125V DC
Catalog Number
CQD115 ab
CQD120 ab
CQD125 b
CQD130 b
CQD135bn
CQD140bn
CQD145bn
CQD150bn
CQD160n
CQD170n
CQD180n
CQD190n
CQD1100n

2-Pole
480Y/277V AC
125/250V DC
Catalog Number
CQD215b
CQD220b
CQD225b
CQD230b
CQD235bn
CQD240b
CQD245bn
CQD250b
CQD260
CQD270
CQD280
CQD290n
CQD2100

3-Pole

Number of	
Poles	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight lbs. (kg)

480Y/277V AC
Catalog Number
CQD315b
CQD320b
CQD325b
CQD330b
CQD335b
CQD340b
CQD345bn
CQD350b
CQD360
CQD370
CQD380
CQD390
CQD3100

1	
2	
3	

1	
1	
1	

0.5 (0)
1.0 (0)
1.5 (1)

Lugs For 60/75°C Wire
Amps	

Wire Size

15–40	
	

#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al

45–100	
	

#8–#1 AWG Cu
#6–#1/0 AWG Al

Type CQD6 (Cable In - Cable Out) CSA Certified, not UL
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
160
170

1-Pole
347V AC
125V DC
Catalog Number
—
CQD6120 bn
CQD6125 bn
CQD6130 bn
CQD6135n
CQD6140n
CQD6145n
CQD6150n
CQD6160n
CQD6170n

2-Pole
600Y/347V AC
125/250V DC
Catalog Number
CQD6215n
CQD6220n
CQD6225n
CQD6230n
CQD6235n
CQD6240n
CQD6245n
CQD6250n
CQD6260n
CQD6270n

3-Pole
600Y/347V AC
Catalog Number
CQD6315n
CQD6320n
CQD6325n
CQD6330n
CQD6335n
CQD6340n
CQD6345n
CQD6350n
CQD6360n
—

CQD, CQD6

Interrupting Ratings
		

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

Breaker	
Type	

Number	
of Poles	

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)		

	
CQD
	
(UL)
	
	
CQD6
	
(CSA)
	

Volts DC

120	

240	

277	

480/277	

600/347	

125	

125/250

1	
2	
3	

65	
—	
—	

—	
65	
65	

14	
—	
—	

—	
14	
14	

—	
—	
—	

14	
—	
—	

—
14
—

1	
2	
3	

65	
—	
—	

—	
65	
65	

14	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	

10	
10	
10	

14	
—	
—	

—
14
—

CQD, CQD6

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a SWD

rated.
Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed
applications.

17/12

b HID

rated.
rated.

c HACR

Accessories pages 17/14
and 17/108 to 17/113
Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

GG 125A Frame

Selection/Dimensions

GG 125A Frame (Cable In - Cable Out)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100

1-Pole

110
125

2-Pole

3-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

NGG1B015La b
NGG1B020La b
NGG1B025Lb
NGG1B030Lb
NGG1B035Lb
NGG1B040Lb
NGG1B045Lb
NGG1B050Lb
NGG1B060L
NGG1B070L
NGG1B080L
NGG1B090L
NGG1B100L

NGG2B015Lb
NGG2B020Lb
NGG2B025Lb
NGG2B030Lb
NGG2B035Lb
NGG2B040Lb
NGG2B045Lb
NGG2B050Lb
NGG2B060L
NGG2B070L
NGG2B080L
NGG2B090L
NGG2B100L

NGG3B015Lb
NGG3B020Lb
NGG3B025Lb
NGG3B030Lb
NGG3B035Lb
NGG3B040Lb
NGG3B045Lb
NGG3B050Lb
NGG3B060L
NGG3B070L
NGG3B080L
NGG3B090L
NGG3B100L

NGG1B110L
NGG1B125L

NGG2B110L
NGG2B125L

NGG3B110L
NGG3B125L

GG

2.9

5.4

Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the “L” suffix.
HACR rated.
Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting.

Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out)

1-Pole

2-Pole

3-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

HGG1B015Lb
HGG1B020Lb
HGG1B025Lb
HGG1B030Lb
HGG1B035Lb
HGG1B040Lb
HGG1B045Lb
HGG1B050Lb
HGG1B060L
HGG1B070L
HGG1B080L
HGG1B090L
HGG1B100L
HGG1B110L
HGG1B125L

HGG2B015Lb
HGG2B020Lb
HGG2B025Lb
HGG2B030Lb
HGG2B035Lb
HGG2B040Lb
HGG2B045Lb
HGG2B050Lb
HGG2B060L
HGG2B070L
HGG2B080L
HGG2B090L
HGG2B100L
HGG2B110L
HGG2B125L

HGG3B015Lb
HGG3B020Lb
HGG3B025Lb
HGG3B030Lb
HGG3B035Lb
HGG3B040Lb
HGG3B045Lb
HGG3B050Lb
HGG3B060L
HGG3B070L
HGG3B080L
HGG3B090L
HGG3B100L
HGG3B110L
HGG3B125L

Shipping Weights

GG

Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

1-Pole

2-Pole

3-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGG1B015Lb
LGG1B020Lb
LGG1B025Lb
LGG1B030Lb
LGG1B035Lb
LGG1B040Lb
LGG1B045Lb
LGG1B050Lb
LGG1B060L
LGG1B070L
LGG1B080L
LGG1B090L
LGG1B100L
LGG1B110L
LGG1B125L

LGG2B015Lb
LGG2B020Lb
LGG2B025Lb
LGG2B030Lb
LGG2B035Lb
LGG2B040Lb
LGG2B045Lb
LGG2B050Lb
LGG2B060L
LGG2B070L
LGG2B080L
LGG2B090L
LGG2B100L
LGG2B110L
LGG2B125L

LGG3B015Lb
LGG3B020Lb
LGG3B025Lb
LGG3B030Lb
LGG3B035Lb
LGG3B040Lb
LGG3B045Lb
LGG3B050Lb
LGG3B060L
LGG3B070L
LGG3B080L
LGG3B090L
LGG3B100L
LGG3B110L
LGG3B125L

Lugs For 60/75°C Wire

Number of	
Poles	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight lbs. (kg)

1	
2	
3	

1	
1	
1	

.75 (0.34)
1.3 (0.59)
2.0 (0.98)

NGG
Ampere Rating	

Wire Size	

Catalog Number

15–30A	
	

#14–#6 AWG Cu	
#12–#6 AWG Al	

TC1Q1 (qty. 1)	
3TC1Q1 (qty. 3)	

35–125A	
	

#8–1/0 AWG Cu	
#8–2/0 AWG Al

3TC1GG20 (qty. 3)	

15–125A	
	

Nut Keeper plate w/ screw	
(for crimp terminals)

TNKG3 (qty. 3)	

Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes kA)
Breaker
Type
NGG
HGG
LGG

Poles
1
2,3
1
2,3
1
2,3

UL489
Volts AC
120
65
—
65
—
65
—

240

277
—
65
—
65
—
65

347
25
—
35
—
65
—

480
14
—
14
—
14
—


—
25
—
35
—
65

600Y/347
—
14
—
14
—
14

Volts DC
125
14
—
14
—
14
—

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
a SWD

rated.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b HID


rated at 15-50A 1-pole @ 277 VAC; 2 & 3-pole @
480 VAC

Product Category: MCCB

125/250
—
14
—
14
—
14

IEC 60947-2 (Ics = 50%Icu)
Volts AC
Volts DC
240
415
125/250
25
65
14
—
—
14
—
—
14

Accessories pages 17/14
and 17/108 to 17/113

17/13

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessoriesa
Selection

Shunt Trip
Control Voltage
V AC
120
240
277
480
600

V DC
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

012
024
048
125

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number
CQDST120
CQDST240s
CQDST277s
CQDST480s
CQDST600
CQDST12
CQDST24
CQDST48
CQDST125

Auxiliary Switch
Maximum
Voltage

BQD, BQD6, CQD,
CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG,
NGB, HGB and LGB
Catalog Number

AC

DC

Number
of
Contacts

240

125

1A–1B

CQDA1

240

125

2A–2B

CQDA2

CQD with Accessory Installed

Alarm Switch
Maximum Voltage
AC

DC

240

125

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number
CQDBA

Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch
Combinations
Shunt Trip
Voltage
AC
24
120
240
277
480
600
—
—
—

DC
—
—
—
—
—

—

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number

—
12
24

CQDST24AASs
CQDST120AASs
CQDST240AASs
CQDST277AASs
CQDST480AASs
CQDST600AASs
CQDST12DASs
CQDST24DASs

48

CQDST48DASs

125

CQDST125DASs

Alarm and Auxiliary Switch
Combinations
For Breaker

Catalog Number

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB,
HGB and LGB

CQDA1BAs

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aAdds

1-pole space for accessory.

17/14

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Trip Unit Overview
Selection

The interchangeability of the VL circuit
breaker trip units allow for easy conversion from any of 3 types of protection.
They are thermal-magnetic, electronic,
or electronic with a built-in LCD. The
thermal-magnetic trip unit features an
adjustable magnetic trip setting. The
electronic trip units are microprocessor
based true RMS sensing devices and
are available with a variety of adjustable
trip settings, configurations, and infor-

mation menus. With precise control
over the circuit beaker functions and
access to system status, diagnostics,
and information, these trip units allow
for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit
coordination.
An example of coordination is the out
of the box Ground Fault function on the
Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and
time delay settings are set at the

factory for each frame and do not
overlap with the settings on the other
frames. Therefore, when VL breakers
are used together in a system the GF
protection is automatically coordinated.
The user also has the ability to program
a custom coordination scheme with
adjustable settings on both the 555 and
586 trip units.

VL Trip Units
Trip Unit Functions

Model 525
Thermalmagnetic

Continuous Current Setting (Ir)
Long Time Delay (tr)
Instantaneous Function
Instantaneous Pickup (Ii)
Short Time Function
Short Time Pick-up (Isd)
Short Time Delay (tsd)
Ground Fault Pick-up (Ig)
Ground Fault Delay (tg)
Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up
Ground Fault Alarm Delay
Alarm & Status Indicator
Built-in Display (LCD)
Pre-Trip Alarma
Last Trip Information
Zone Selectivea
Communicationsa

Fixed

h
l
u
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h

Model 555
Electronic
LI

u
u
l
u
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l

Electronic
LIG

u
u
l
u
h
h
h
u
u
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l

Electronic
LSI

u
u
l
u
l
u
u
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l

Model 586
Electronic
LSIG

u
u
l
u
l
u
u
u
u
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l

Electronic
with LCD
LSI

Electronic
with LCD
LSIG

Electronic
with LCD
LSI + G alarm only

u
u

u
u

u
u

(ON/OFF)

(ON/OFF)

(ON/OFF)

u

u

u

(ON/OFF)

(ON/OFF)

(ON/OFF)

u
u
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l

u
u
u
u
u
u
l
l
l
l
l
l

u
u
h
h
u
u
l
l
l
l
l
l

u Adjustable setting
l This feature is included
h Feature is not included.

a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system.

Continuous Amps Rating (Ir)
This setting is the continuous current
that the breaker will carry without tripping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip
unit’s nominal rating (In).
Long Time Delay (tr)
Sometimes referred to as the “overload”
position, this function controls the breaker‘s “pause-in-tripping” time. It allows
low level, temporary inrush currents
such as those encountered when starting a motor to pass without tripping. The
time delay begins when the current
reaches 6 x Ir.
Instantaneous Pick-up (Ii)
This function sets the breaker to trip
instantaneously during high fault conditions. This function may be turned off on
Model 586 trip units. Turning this function off will enable an instantaneous trip
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

override function to ensure self protection of circuit breaker.
Short Time Pick-Up (lsd)
This function controls the level of fault
current the breaker will carry for a short
time without tripping, thus allowing
downstream devices to clear short circuits ahead of up-stream protection.
It may be defeated (turned-off) on
Model 586 trip units.
Short Time Delay (tsd)
This controls the interval of time the
breaker will remain closed against a fault
(at the Short Time Pick-up current level)
without tripping. The time delay may be
set at fixed points or at short time intervals based on l2t curves. This function is
used with the Short Time Pick-up to
achieve selectivity and better system
coordination.

Ground Fault Pick-Up (Ig)
This setting controls the level of ground
fault current that will cause the breaker
to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units
act on the residual current to sense
ground current. The Model 586
Electronic Trip Unit is programmable
and allows the user to select either
the residual current method or direct
detection (via a separate current transformer) to detect ground current.
Ground Fault Time Delay (tg)
This controls the interval of time the
breaker will remain closed after a ground
fault is detected (at the Ground Fault
Pick-up current level) without tripping.

17/15

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General Information
Selection

Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous
magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip
setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A.

Electronic Trip Units
Electronic trip units are available through
the VL family, from 60A (which can be
set as low as 30A) up through 1600A.
They are also available in four trip
configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and
features can include a built-in LCD
display.
On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a
flashing LED confirms that the

microprocessor is in operating and
another indicates an overload condition.
For ease-of-use and to insure proper
coordination, the set points for the
continuous current are shown on the
face of these trip units in amps.
On the Model 586, the LCD version, the
current in each phase is continuously
shown on the display. Unlike many

displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage is required as long as the breaker is
energized and a minimal load current is
present. These trip units can also indicate the “last trip” status (date, time,
amps) when they‘re connected to a PC
via one of our communications modules.
Without being connected via a communication module, the last trip status can be
viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time
stamp).

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions
Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit
with LSIG trip functions

Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit
has an LCD display

17/16

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Frame, VL Series
Selection

Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard
connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic
with LCD only.
HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489

IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
Interrupting
Class

Breaker
Type

N
H
L

NDGB
HDGB
LDGB

240
65
100
200

480

600Y
/347

35
65
100

250

18
18
18

500

30
30
30

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

18
18
18

220/240

380/415

ICU

ICU

ICS

65
100
200

65
75
150

690

ICS

40
70
100

ICU

40
70
75

12
12
12

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Ampere	
Construction	
Rating	
30-150	
	 Steel	
	 Aluminum	
30-150	
	
30-150	
	 Copper
Distribution Lugs
30-150	
		
30-150	
		
Compression Lugs
30-150	
		
		
30-150	

Wire 	
Range	
#8–1/0 Cu	
#6–3/0 Al/Cu	
#6–3/0 Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
1	
1	
1	

	Number				
To Handle
	 of Poles	 Width	
Length	 Depth	
D1

ICS
6
6
6

	

2, 3	

4.1 (105)	 6.9 (175)	 3.4 (81)	

4.2(107)

Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Catalog Number
3TW1DG20b	
3TA1DG30	
3TC1DG30b	

#14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max)	
#14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 	

3	
6	

3TA3DG02b	
3TA6DG04b	

#14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu	
#14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu	

–	
–	

2CLD20c	
3CLD20b	

				
Trip Unit		
Complete
	Poles	 Frame	 Thermal-Mag.	 Electronic	 Breaker
	 2, 3	 3.7 (1.7)	

2.2 (1.0)	

2.6 (1.2)	

5.9 (2.7)

Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
d Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity
a
b
c

DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
	

Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
		
50	
450	
600
		
60	
450	
600
		
70	
450	
700
		
80	
450	
800
		
90	
500	
1000
		 100	
500	
1000
		 110	
550	
1100
		 125	
625	
1250
	 150	
800	
1600
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/17

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

Ii
1120
960
800

Type / Tipo CDT3

I n =150A

AMPS

40? C

1280

TM ~

1440
1600

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525

Cat. No. - CDT3B150

Model 525 Trip Unit

DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

NDK2B050L
NDK2B060L
NDK2B070L
NDK2B080L
NDK2B090L
NDK2B100L
NDK2B110L
NDK2B125L
NDK2B150L

HDK2B050L
HDK2B060L
HDK2B070L
HDK2B080L
HDK2B090L
HDK2B100L
HDK2B110L
HDK2B125L
HDK2B150L

LDK2B050L
LDK2B060L
LDK2B070L
LDK2B080L
LDK2B090L
LDK2B100L
LDK2B110L
LDK2B125L
LDK2B150L

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

NDK3B050L
NDK3B060L
NDK3B070L
NDK3B080L
NDK3B090L
NDK3B100L
NDK3B110L
NDK3B125L
NDK3B150L

HDK3B050L
HDK3B060L
HDK3B070L
HDK3B080L
HDK3B090L
HDK3B100L
HDK3B110L
HDK3B125L
HDK3B150L

LDK3B050L
LDK3B060L
LDK3B070L
LDK3B080L
LDK3B090L
LDK3B100L
LDK3B110L
LDK3B125L
LDK3B150L

A - Consult with Siemens for availability.

17/18

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Electronic Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Units

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

60
100
150

NDK3R060L
NDK3R100L
NDK3R150L

60
100
150

NDK3T060L
NDK3T100L
NDK3T150L

60
100
150

NDK3V060L
NDK3V100L
NDK3V150L

60
100
150

NDK3W060L
NDK3W100L
NDK3W150L

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HDK3R060L
HDK3R100L
HDK3R150L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HDK3T060L
HDK3T100L
HDK3T150L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HDK3V060L
HDK3V100L
HDK3V150L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HDK3W060L
HDK3W100L
HDK3W150L

LDK3R060L
LDK3R100L
LDK3R150L
LDK3T060L
LDK3T100L
LDK3T150L
LDK3V060L
LDK3V100L
LDK3V150L
LDK3W060L
LDK3W100L
LDK3W150L

Model 586 Trip Unit

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

a

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
60
100
150
60
100
150
60
100
150
a

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
NDK3A060L
HDK3A060L
NDK3A100L
HDK3A100L
NDK3A150L
HDK3A150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
NDK3G060L
HDK3G060L
NDK3G100L
HDK3G100L
NDK3G150L
HDK3G150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
NDK3K060L
HDK3K060L
NDK3K100L
HDK3K100L
NDK3K150L
HDK3K150L

LDK3A060L
LDK3A100L
LDK3A150L
LDK3G060L
LDK3G100L
LDK3G150L
LDK3K060L
LDK3K100L
LDK3K150L

 ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the
D
left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/19

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings

Dimensions, inches (mm)

	
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
	
UL 489	
IEC 60947-2
		
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)	
Volts DC	
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
	Breaker						
220/240	
380/415	
500	
ICU	
ICS	
ICU	
ICS	
	Type	
240	
480	
600	 250	
	NFG	
65	
35	
18	
30	
18	
65	
65	
40	
40	
	HFG	
100	
65	
20	
30	
25	
100	
75	
70	
70	
	LFG	
200	
100	
25	
30	
30	
200	
150	
100	
75	

	Number				
To Handle
	of Poles	 Width	 Length	 Depth	
D1

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Ampere	
Construction	 Rating	
50-250	
	 Steel	
50-250	
	 Aluminum	
	 Copper	
50-250	
Distribution Lugs

Wire 	
Range	
#4–350 kcmil Cu	
#4–350 kcmil Al/Cu	
#4–350 kcmil Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
1	
1	
1	

Catalog
Number
3TW1FG350	
3TAW1FG350	
3TCW1FG350	

		
		

#12–2/0 Cu	
#14–#4 Cu	

3	
6	

3TA3FG20	
3TA6FG04	

50-250	
50-250	

ICU	
12	
12	
12	

690

ICS
6
6
6

	

2, 3	

4.1 (105)	 6.9 (175)	 3.4 (81)	 4.2 (107)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
				 Trip Unit		
Complete
	Poles	 Frame	 Thermal-Mag.		 Electronic	 Breaker
	 2, 3	 4.0 (1.8)	

2.2 (1.0)	

	 2.6 (1.2)	 6.2 (2.8)

2-pole FG breakers are rated 600Y/347.
connector supplied with complete breakers.
consists of 3 terminal connectors.
 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers.


 Standard
 Kit

FG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous Trip
Adjustment Range
	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)	
Min.	
Max.
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

100		
110		
125		
150		
175		
200		
225		
250		

625	
800	
800	
800	
1000	
1000	
1250	
1250	

1250
1600
1600
1600
2000
2000
2500
2500

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

External Accessories pages 17/43 to 17/57

17/20

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

Ii

Type / Tipo CFT3

I n =250A

AMPS

1750
1500
1250

40? C

2000

TM ~

2250
2500

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525

Cat. No. - CFT3B250

Model 525 Trip Unit

FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

NFK2B100L
NFK2B110L
NFK2B125L
NFK2B150L
NFK2B175L
NFK2B200L
NFK2B225L
NFK2B250L

HFK2B100L
HFK2B110L
HFK2B125L
HFK2B150L
HFK2B175L
HFK2B200L
HFK2B225L
HFK2B250L

LFK2B100L
LFK2B110L
LFK2B125L
LFK2B150L
LFK2B175L
LFK2B200L
LFK2B225L
LFK2B250L

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating

0

NFG3F250

HFG3F250

LFG3F250

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

TRIP UNIT ONLY

100

NFG3B100L

HFG3B100L

LFG3B100L

CFT3B100

110

NFG3B110L

HFG3B110L

LFG3B110L

CFT3B110

125

NFG3B125L

HFG3B125L

LFG3B125L

CFT3B125

150

NFG3B150L

HFG3B150L

LFG3B150L

CFT3B150

175

NFG3B175L

HFG3B175L

LFG3B175L

CFT3B175

200

NFG3B200L

HFG3B200L

LFG3B200L

CFT3B200

225

NFG3B225L

HFG3B225L

LFG3B225L

CFT3B225

250

NFG3B250L

HFG3B250L

LFG3B250L

CFT3B250

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

17/21

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Units

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unita
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NFG3F250	

	

HFG3F250	

	

LFG3F250	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3R100L	
NFG3R150L	
NFG3R250L	

	
	
	

	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3T100L	
NFG3T150L	
NFG3T250L	

	
	
	

	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3V100L	
NFG3V150L	
NFG3V250L	

	
	
	

	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3W100L	
NFG3W150L	
NFG3W250L	

	
	
	

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HFG3R100L	
	
HFG3R150L	
	
HFG3R250L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HFG3T100L	
	
HFG3T150L	
	
HFG3T250L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HFG3V100L	
	
HFG3V150L	
	
HFG3V250L	
	
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HFG3W100L	
	
HFG3W150L	
	
HFG3W250L	
	

TRIP UNIT ONLY

LFG3R100L	
LFG3R150L	
LFG3R250L	

	
	
	

CFT3R100	
CFT3R150	
CFT3R250	

LFG3T100L	
LFG3T150L	
LFG3T250L	

	
	
	

CFT3T100	
CFT3T150	
CFT3T250	

LFG3V100L	
LFG3V150L	
LFG3V250L	

	
	
	

CFT3V100	
CFT3V150	
CFT3V250	

LFG3W100L	
LFG3W150L	
LFG3W250L	

	
	
	

CFT3W100	
CFT3W150	
CFT3W250	

Model 586 Trip Unit

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unita
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NFG3F250	

	

HFG3F250	

	

LFG3F250	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3A100L	
NFG3A150L	
NFG3A250L	

	
	
	

	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3G100L	
NFG3G150L	
NFG3G250L	

	
	
	

100	
150	
250	

NFG3K100L	
NFG3K150L	
NFG3K250L	

	
	
	
LCD
	
	
	

a

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HFG3A100L	
	
LFG3A100L	
HFG3A150L	
	
LFG3A150L	
HFG3A250L	
	
LFG3A250L	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HFG3G100L	
	
LFG3G100L	
HFG3G150L	
	
LFG3G150L	
HFG3G250L	
	
LFG3G250L	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HFG3K100L	
	
LFG3K100L	
HFG3K150L	
	
LFG3K150L	
HFG3K250L	
	
LFG3K250L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	

CFT3A100	
CFT3A150	
CFT3A250	

	
	
	

CFT3G100	
CFT3G150	
CFT3G250	

	
	
	

CFT3K100	
CFT3K150	
CFT3K250	

 ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the
D
left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.

17/22

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames
Selection

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
	 Description	
	 1 Alarm Switch
1A/Bc	
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
	 2 Aux. Switches
1A + 1B	
Bases AMBL1
	 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1A + 1B, 1A/Bc	
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

Mounting Pocketa	

Catalog Number

Left, Rightb	

ASKL1	

Left, Right	

ASKL2	

Left, Rightb	

ASKL3	

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
	
	
	
	

Description	
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches	
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch	
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch	

Mounting Pocket	
Left, Right	
Left Pocket Only	
Right Pocket Only	

Catalog Number
AMBL1	
AMBL2	
AMBL3	

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG - PG Frames
	 Description	
	 1 Normally Open Contact (1A)	
	 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)	

Catalog Number
ASWPA	
ASWPB	

Shunt Trips
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Description	
Mounting Pocket	
24 VDC		
48-60 VDC		
110-127 VDC		
220-250 VDC	
Right Pocket Only	
48-60 VAC		
110-127 VAC		
208-277 VAC		
380-600 VAC		

Catalog Number
STRLB24DC	
STRLC60DC	
STRLD125DC	
STRLE250DC	
STRLM60	
STRLN120	
STRLS277	
STRLV600	

Undervoltage Release
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Description	
Mounting Pocket	
12 VDC		
24 VDC		
48 VDC		
60 VDC		
110-127 VDC		
220-250 VDC		
24 VAC	
Right Pocket Only	
110-127 VAC		
220-240 VAC		
208 VAC		
277 VAC		
380-415 VAC		
440-480 VAC		

Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC	
UVRLB24DC	
UVRLC48DC	
UVRLG60DC	
UVRLD125DC	
UVRLE250DC	
UVRLL24	
UVRLN120	
UVRLR240	
UVRLP208	
UVRLS277	
UVRLT415	
UVRLU480	

 efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for
R
accessory combinations.
These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right.
c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
a
b

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

17/23

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,
and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped
as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with
standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.
For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog
number to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings

Dimensions, inches (mm)
	Number				
To Handle
	of Poles	 Width	 Length	 Depth	
D1
	

2, 3	

5.5 (139)	 11 (279)	 4.2 (102)	 5.4 (138)

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)

IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

Volts DC

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Interrupting
Class

Breaker
Type

220/240

380/415

690

240

480

600

250

500

ICU

ICS

ICU

ICS

ICU

ICS

N
H
L

NJGA
HJGA
LJGA

65
100
200

35
65
100

25
25
25

30
30
30

25
35
35

65
100
200

65
75
150

45
70
100

45
70
75

12
15
15

6
8
8

				 Trip Unit		
Complete
	Poles	 Frame	 Thermal-Mag.		 Electronic	 Breaker
	 2, 3	 9.3 (4.2)	

4.0 (1.8)		 4.0 (1.8)	 12.6 (5.7)

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Ampere	
Construction	
Rating	
70-400	
	 Steel	
	 Aluminum	
70-400	
	 Aluminum	
70-400	
	 Aluminum	
70-400	
	 Copper	
70-400	
	 Copper	
70-400	
Distribution Lugs

Wire 	
Range	
1/0–600 kcmil Cu	
3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu	
250–750 kcmil Al	
3/0–600 kcmil Cu	
3/0–600 kcmil Cu	
3/0–250 kcmil Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
1	
2	
1	
1	
1	
2	

		
70-400	
		
70-400	
Compression Lugs
70-400	
		
		
70-400	
		
70-400	

#14–4 Cu	
#14–2/0 Al/Cu	

12	
6	

#6–350 kcmil	
250-600 kcmil	
250-750 kcmil	

—	
—	
—	

Catalog Number
3TW1JG600b	
3TA2JG250ab	
3TA1JG750b	
3TA1JG750b	
TC1JG750	
TC2JG250	
3TA12JG04b	
3TA6JG20b	
3CLJ350b	
3CLJ600b
3CLJ750b

		

a	Standard

construction supplied for each breaker.
consists of 3 terminal connectors.
for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu
cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

b	Kit

c	Required

JG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
	

250		

1250	

2500

	

300		

1500	

3000

	
	

350		
400		

1750	
2000	

3500
4000

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

17/24

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

Model 525 Trip Unit

JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	

NJG2F400	

	

HJG2F400	

	

LJG2F400	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NJG2B250L	
NJG2B300L	
NJG2B350L	
NJG2B400L	

250	
300	
350	
400	

	
	
	
	

HJG2B250L	
HJG2B300L	
HJG2B350L	
HJG2B400L	

	
	
	
	

LJG2B250L	
LJG2B300L	
LJG2B350L	
LJG2B400L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	
	

CJT2B250	
CJT2B300	
CJT2B350	
CJT2B400	

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	

250	
300	
350	
400	

NJG3F400	

	

HJG3F400	

	

LJG3F400	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NJG3B250L	
NJG3B300L	
NJG3B350L	
NJG3B400L	

	
	
	
	

HJG3B250L	
HJG3B300L	
HJG3B350L	
HJG3B400L	

	
	
	
	

LJG3B250L	
LJG3B300L	
LJG3B350L	
LJG3B400L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	
	

CJT3B250	
CJT3B300	
CJT3B350	
CJT3B400	

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with
Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
	
Continuous		 Catalog Number
Ampere Rating	
COMPLETE BREAKER
	
	
	
	

250		
300		
350		
400		

NJJ2B250	
NJJ2B300	
NJJ2B350	
NJJ2B400	

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with
Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit
                           

N-Interrupting Class
	
Continuous		 Catalog Number
Ampere Rating	
COMPLETE BREAKER

	
	
	
	

250		
300		
350		
400		

NJJ3B250	
NJJ3B300	
NJJ3B350	
NJJ3B400	

	 Terminal

connectors must be ordered separately.
	 Breaker Type NJJA.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/25

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Units

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NJG3F400	

	

HJG3F400	

	

LJG3F400	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	

250	
400	

NJG3R250L	
NJG3R400L	

	
	

	
	

250	
400	

NJG3T250L	
NJG3T400L	

	
	

	
	

250	
400	

NJG3V250L	
NJG3V400L	

	
	

	
	

250	
400	

NJG3W250L	
NJG3W400L	

	
	

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HJG3R250L	
	
HJG3R400L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HJG3T250L	
	
HJG3T400L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HJG3V250L	
	
HJG3V400L	
	
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HJG3W250L	
	
HJG3W400L	
	

TRIP UNIT ONLY

LJG3R250L	
LJG3R400L	

	
	

CJT3R250	
CJT3R400	

LJG3T250L	
LJG3T400L	

	
	

CJT3T250	
CJT3T400	

LJG3V250L	
LJG3V400L	

	
	

CJT3V250	
CJT3V400	

LJG3W250L	
LJG3W400L	

	
	

CJT3W250	
CJT3W400	

Model 586 Trip Unit

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NJG3F400	

	

	
	
	

250	
400	

NJG3A250L	
NJG3A400L	

	
	

	
	

250	
400	

NJG3G250L	
NJG3G400L	

	
	

250	
400	

NJG3K250L	
NJG3K400L	

	
	
LCD
	
	

17/26

HJG3F400	

	

LJG3F400	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HJG3A250L	
	
LJG3A250L	
HJG3A400L	
	
LJG3A400L	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HJG3G250L	
	
LJG3G250L	
HJG3G400L	
	
LJG3G400L	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HJG3K250L	
	
LJG3K250L	
HJG3K400L	
	
LJG3K400L	

Product Category: MCCB

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	

CJT3A250	
CJT3A400	

	
	

CJT3G250	
CJT3G400	

	
	

CJT3K250	
CJT3K400	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions

Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each breaker.
For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to
“W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only).
HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
IEC 60947-2
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240
380/415
690
600
250
500
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
18
30
25
65
65
45
45
12
6
18
30
35 100
75
70
70
15
8
18
30
35 200 150 100
75
15
8

UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Interrupting
Class
N
H
L


Breaker
Type
NLGB
HLGB
LLGB

240
65
100
200

480
35
65
100

Dimensions, inches (mm)
	Number				
To Handle
	of Poles	 Width	 Length	 Depth	
D1
	

2, 3	

5.5 (139)	 11 (279)	 4.2 (102)	 5.4 (138)

	 Ext.		
	 Shield		

13.6
(345.5)

Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see page 17/28.

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Ampere	
Construction	
Rating	
150-600	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
150-600	
	 Copper	
150-600	
	 Copper	
150-600	
Compression Lugs
150-600	
		
		
150-600	
		
150-600	

				 Trip Unit		
Complete
	Poles	 Frame	 Thermal-Mag.		 Electronic	 Breaker

Wire 	
Range	
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu	
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu	
#2–600 kcmil Cu	
#2–600 kcmil Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
2 (load side)	
2 (line side)	
2 (load side)	
2 (line side)	

Catalog Number
3TA2LG600LD
3TA2LG600LN
3TC2LG600LD			
3TC2LG600LN

#6–350 kcmil Al/Cu	
250-750 kcmil Al/Cu	
250-600 kcmil Al/Cu	

—	
—	
—	

6CLL350
3CLL750
6CLL600

	 2, 3	 17.4 (7.9)	

3.5 (1.6)		 4.2 (1.9)	 20.9 (9.5)

Standard construction supplied for each breaker.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end.
	Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.




LG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
	
	
	

400		
500		
600		

2000	
2500	
2750	

4000
5000
5500

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/27

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

Model 525 Trip Unit

LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Continuous
Ampere Rating
400

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NLK2B400L

HLK2B400L

LLK2B400L

500

NLK2B500L

HLK2B500L

LLK2B500L

600

NLK2B600L

HLK2B600L

LLK2B600L

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Continuous
Ampere Rating
400

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NLK3B400L

HLK3B400L

LLK3B400L

500

NLK3B500L

HLK3B500L

LLK3B500L

600

NLK3B600L

HLK3B600L

LLK3B600L

LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only
N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Continuous
Ampere Rating
400

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
—

HLV2B400L

—

500

—

HLV2B500L

—

600

—

HLV2B600L

—

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only
N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Continuous
Ampere Rating
400

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
—

HLV3B400L

—

500

—

HLV3B500L

—

600

—

HLV3B600L

—

	 For

100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third
character of the catalog number to “Z”.

17/28

	 Consult

sales office for availability.

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Electronic Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Unit

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Continuous
Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

400
600

NLK3R400L
NLK3R600L

400
600

NLK3T400L
NLK3T600L

400
600

NLK3V400L
NLK3V600L

400
600

NLK3W400L
NLK3W600L

HLK3R400L
HLK3R600L

LLK3R400L
LLK3R600L

HLK3T400L
HLK3T600L

LLK3T400L
LLK3T600L

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HLK3V400L
HLK3V600L

LLK3V400L
LLK3V600L

HLK3W400L
HLK3W600L

LLK3W400L
LLK3W600L

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

Model 586 Trip Unit

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous
Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class

H-Interrupting Class

L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

400
600

NLK3A400L
NLK3A600L

400
600

NLK3G400L
NLK3G600L

400
600

NLK3K400L
NLK3K600L

HLK3A400L
HLK3A600L

LLK3A400L
LLK3A600L

HLK3G400L
HLK3G600L

LLK3G400L
LLK3G600L

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

HLK3K400L
HLK3K600L

LLK3K400L
LLK3K600L

17/29

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames
Selection

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
	 Description	
	 1 Alarm Switch
1A/Bc	
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
	 2 Aux. Switches
1A + 1B	
Bases AMBL1
	 2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1A + 1B, 1A/Bc	
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

Mounting Pocketa	

Catalog Number

Left, Rightb	

ASKL1

Left, Right	

ASKL2

Left, Rightb	

ASKL3

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
	
	
	
	

Description	
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches	
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch	
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch	

Mounting Pocket	
Left, Right	
Left Pocket Only	
Right Pocket Only	

Catalog Number
AMBL1
AMBL2
AMBL3

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG - PG Frames
	 Description	
	 1 Normally Open Contact (1A)	
	 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)	

Catalog Number
ASWPA
ASWPB

Shunt Trips
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Description	
Mounting Pocket	
24 VDC		
48-60 VDC		
110-127 VDC		
220-250 VDC	
Right Pocket Only	
48-60 VAC		
110-127 VAC		
208-277 VAC		
380-600 VAC		

Catalog Number
STRLB24DC
STRLC60DC
STRLD125DC
STRLE250DC
STRLM60
STRLN120
STRLS277
STRLV600

Undervoltage Release
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Description	
Mounting Pocket	
12 VDC		
24 VDC		
48 VDC		
60 VDC		
110-127 VDC		
220-250 VDC		
24 VAC	
Right Pocket Only	
110-127 VAC		
220-240 VAC		
208 VAC		
277 VAC		
380-415 VAC		
440-480 VAC		

Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC
UVRLB24DC
UVRLC48DC
UVRLG60DC
UVRLD125DC
UVRLE250DC
UVRLL24
UVRLN120
UVRLR240
UVRLP208
UVRLS277
UVRLT415
UVRLU480

 efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for
R
accessory combinations.
Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
a
b

17/30

Product Category: MCCB

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions

Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard
connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For
non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number
to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings

Dimensions, inches (mm)
	Number				
To Handle
	of Poles	 Width	 Length	 Depth	
D1
	

2, 3	

7.5 (190)	 16 (406)	 4.7 (119)	 5.9 (151)

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

IEC 60947-2
Volts DC

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

Interrupting
Class

Breaker
Type

220/240

380/415

690

240

480

600

250

500

ICU

ICS

ICU

ICS

ICU

ICS

N
H
L

NMG
HMG
LMG

65
100
200

35
65
100

25
35
50

22
25
42

35
50
65

65
100
200

65
75
150

50
70
100

50
70
75

20
30
35

10
15
17

						 Complete
	 Trip Unit	
Breaker
	Poles	
Frame	
	 2, 3	

31.3 (14.2)	

4.0 (1.8)	

35.3 (16.0)

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Construction	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
	 Copper	
	 Aluminum	

Ampere	
Rating	
200-800A	
200-800A	
200-800A	
200-800A	

Wire 	
Range	
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu	
500-750 kcmil Al/Cu	
1/0–500 kcmil Cu	
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
3	
2	
3	
3	

Catalog Number
3TA3MG500b	
3TA2MG750b	
TC3MG500e	
3TA3MG600bd	

Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
Consists of one terminal.
d Includes extended terminal cover.
e Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
a
b
c

MG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
	
	
	

600		
700		
800		

3000	
3250	
3250	

6000
6500
6500

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/31

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

Model 525 Trip Unit

MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	

NMG2F800	

	

HMG2F800	

	

LMG2F800	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NMG2B600L	
NMG2B700L	
NMG2B800L	

600	
700	
800	

	
	
	

HMG2B600L	
HMG2B700L	
HMG2B800L	

	
	
	

LMG2B600L	
LMG2B700L	
LMG2B800L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	

CMT2B600	
CMT2B700	
CMT2B800	

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

600	
700	
800	

17/32

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY	

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	

NMG3F800	

	

HMG3F800	

	

LMG3F800	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NMG3B600L	
NMG3B700L	
NMG3B800L	

	
	
	

HMG3B600L	
HMG3B700L	
HMG3B800L	

Product Category: MCCB

	
	
	

LMG3B600L	
LMG3B700L	
LMG3B800L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	

CMT3B600	
CMT3B700	
CMT3B800	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Units

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NMG3F800	

	

HMG3F800	

	

LMG3F800	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	

600	
800	

NMG3R600L	
NMG3R800L	

	
	

	
	

600	
800	

NMG3T600L	
NMG3T800L	

	
	

	
	

600	
800	

NMG3V600L	
NMG3V800L	

	
	

	
	

600	
800	

NMG3W600L	
NMG3W800L	

	
	

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HMG3R600L	
	
HMG3R800L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HMG3T600L	
	
HMG3T800L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3V600L	
	
HMG3V800L	
	
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HMG3W600L	
	
HMG3W800L	
	

TRIP UNIT ONLY

LMG3R600L	
LMG3R800L	

	
	

CMT3R600	
CMT3R800	

LMG3T600L	
LMG3T800L	

	
	

CMT3T600	
CMT3T800	

LMG3V600L	
LMG3V800L	

	
	

CMT3V600	
CMT3V800	

LMG3W600L	
LMG3W800L	

	
	

CMT3W600	
CMT3W800	

Model 586 Trip Unit

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
	
                   
 

N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NMG3F800	

	

	
	
	

600	
800	

NMG3A600L	
NMG3A800L	

	
	

600	
800	

NMG3G600L	
NMG3G800L	

	
	

600	
800	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

HMG3F800	

	

LMG3F800	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
	
	

	
	
LCD
NMG3K600L	
	
NMG3K800L	
	

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HMG3A600L	
	
LMG3A600L	
HMG3A800L	
	
LMG3A800L	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3G600L	
	
LMG3G600L	
HMG3G800L	
	
LMG3G800L	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HMG3K600L	
	
LMG3K600L	
HMG3K800L	
	
LMG3K800L	

Product Category: MCCB

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	

CMT3A600	
CMT3A800	

	
	

CMT3G600	
CMT3G800	

	
	

CMT3K600	
CMT3K800	

17/33

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs
A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,
and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For
non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number
to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Breaker
Type

N
H
L

NNG
HNG
LNG

240
65
100
200

	 umber				
N
	of Poles	
W	
L	
D	
	 2, 3	

Interrupting Ratings

Interrupting
Class

Dimensions, inches (mm)

480

600

35
65
100

25
35
65

250
22
25
42

500
35
50
65

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240

380/415

ICU

ICU

ICS

65
100
200

35
50
100

50
70
100

						 Complete
	 Trip Unit	
Breaker
	Poles	
Frame	

690

ICS

9 (229)	 16 (406)	 6 (152)	 8.1 (207)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

IEC 60947-2
Volts DC

To Handle
D1

ICU

25
35
50

20
30
35

ICS
10
15
17

	 2, 3	

46.3 (21.0)	

8.8 (4.0)	

55.1 (25.0)

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Ampere	
Construction	
Rating	
300-1200A	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
300-1200A	
	 Copper	
300-1200A	
	 Aluminum	
300-1200A	
	 Compression Lugs
300-1200A	
		

Wire 	
Range	
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu	
500-750 kcmil Al/Cu	
1/0–500 kcmil Cu	
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu	
1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu	

No. of cables	
per connector	
4	
3	
4	
4	
—	

Catalog Number
3TA4NG500cd
3TA3NG750d
3TC4NG500bd
3TA4NG500Hbd
12CLN500

Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load).
For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
Standard connector provided with complete breakers.
d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
a
b
c

NG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
	
	
	
	

800		
900		
1000		
1200		

4000	
5000	
5000	
7000	

8000
10000
10000
12000

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

17/34

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection

AMPS
9000
8000
7000

Ii

I n = 1200A

11000
12000

AMPS

40 C

10000

9000

TM ~

11000

7000

Trip Unit/Disparador 525

Ii

12000

Ii

AMPS
9000

10000

8000

10000

8000

11000

7000

Amps

12000
Amps

Model 525 Trip Unit

NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	

NNG2F120	

	

HNG2F120	

	

LNG2F120	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NNG2B800L	
NNG2B900L	
NNG2B100L	
NNG2B120L	

800	
900	
1000	
1200	

	
	
	
	

HNG2B800L	
HNG2B900L	
HNG2B100L	
HNG2B120L	

	
	
	
	

LNG2B800L	
LNG2B900L	
LNG2B100L	
LNG2B120L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	
	

CNT2B800	
CNT2B900	
CNT2B100	
CNT2B120	

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
                   
       
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

800	
900	
1000	
1200	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

	

NNG3F120	

	

HNG3F120	

	

LNG3F120	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	
NNG3B800L	
NNG3B900L	
NNG3B100L	
NNG3B120L	

	
	
	
	

HNG3B800L	
HNG3B900L	
HNG3B100L	
HNG3B120L	

Product Category: MCCB

	
	
	
	

LNG3B800L	
LNG3B900L	
LNG3B100L	
LNG3B120L	

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	
	

CNT3B800	
CNT3B900	
CNT3B100	
CNT3B120	

17/35

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Units

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	
	

NNG3F120	

	

	

	

HNG3F120	

	

	
Catalog Number	

LNG3F120	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	

	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3R800L	
NNG3R100L	
NNG3R120L	

	
	
	

	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3T800L	
NNG3T100L	
NNG3T120L	

	
	
	

	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3V800L	
NNG3V100L	
NNG3V120L	

	
	
	

	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3W800L	
NNG3W100L	
NNG3W120L	

	
	
	

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HNG3R800L	
	
HNG3R100L	
	
HNG3R120L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HNG3T800L	
	
HNG3T100L	
	
HNG3T120L	
	
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HNG3V800L	
	
HNG3V100L	
	
HNG3V120L	
	
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HNG3W800L	
	
HNG3W100L	
	
HNG3W120L	
	

TRIP UNIT ONLY

LNG3R800L	
LNG3R100L	
LNG3R120L	

	
	
	

CNT3R800	
CNT3R100	
CNT3R120	

LNG3T800L	
LNG3T100L	
LNG3T120L	

	
	
	

CNT3T800	
CNT3T100	
CNT3T120	

LNG3V800L	
LNG3V100L	
LNG3V120L	

	
	
	

CNT3V800	
CNT3V100	
CNT3V120	

LNG3W800L	
LNG3W100L	
LNG3W120L	

	
	
	

CNT3W800	
CNT3W100	
CNT3W120	

Model 586 Trip Unit

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NNG3F120	

	

HNG3F120	

	

LNG3F120	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3A800L	
NNG3A100L	
NNG3A120L	

	
	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

NNG3G800L	
NNG3G100L	
NNG3G120L	

	
	
	

800	
1000	
1200	

17/36

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
	
	

	
	
	
LCD
NNG3K800L	
	
NNG3K100L	
	
NNG3K120L	
	

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HNG3A800L	
	
LNG3A800L	
HNG3A100L	
	
LNG3A100L	
HNG3A120L	
	
LNG3A120L	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HNG3G800L	
	
LNG3G800L	
HNG3G100L	
	
LNG3G100L	
HNG3G120L	
	
LNG3G120L	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HNG3K800L	
	
LNG3K800L	
HNG3K100L	
	
LNG3K100L	
HNG3K120L	
	
LNG3K120L	

Product Category: MCCB

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	
	

CNT3A800	
CNT3A100	
CNT3A120	

	
	
	

CNT3G800	
CNT3G100	
CNT3G120	

	
	
	

CNT3K800	
CNT3K100	
CNT3K120	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only.
The connectors must be ordered as separate items.
PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as
separate items.
Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting
Base and must be ordered as a seperate item.
For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.
Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip
breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.

Dimensions, inches (mm)
	 umber				
N
	of Poles	
W	
L	
D	
	 2, 3	

Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Interrupting
Class

Breaker
Type

N
H
L

NPG
HPG
LPG

240
65
100
200

480

600

35
65
100

25
35
65

250

500

22
25
42

35
50
65

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240

380/415

ICU

ICU

65
100
200

ICS
35
50
100

690

ICS

50
70
100

ICU

25
35
50

20
30
35

ICS
10
15
17

Ampere	
Rating	
1200-1600A	
1200-1600A	
1200-1600A	
1200-1600A	
1200-1600A	

Wire 	
Range	
1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu	
300–600 kcmil Al/Cu	
600–750 kcmil Al/Cu	
300–600 kcmil Al/Cu	
300–600 kcmil Cu	

No. of cables	
per phase	
6	
5	
4	
6	
5	

				
Poles	 Frame	
Trip Unit	

Complete
Breaker

	 2, 3	

69.0 (31.3)

60.2 (27.3)	

Catalog Number
3TA6PG750ac	
TA5P600bd	
TA4P750bd	
TA6R600bd	
TC5R600bde	

	
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous	 Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)		
Min.	
Max.
	
	
	

Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600.
Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or MBPG1601.
Consists of 3 connectors.
d Consists of 1 connector.
e Required for 100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
a

1200		
1400		
1600		

c

AMPS
9000

Mounting Arrangement
Description	
Lug Mounting Assembly	
Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect)	
Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect)	

7000	
7000	
7000	

12000
12000
12000

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

b

	
	
	
	

8.8 (4.0)	

PG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range

Connectors for 75°C Wire
	
Construction	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
	 Aluminum	
	 Copper	

9 (229)	 16 (406)	 6 (152)	 8.1 (207)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

IEC 60947-2
Volts DC

To Handle
D1

8000
7000

Catalog Number
LMAP1600	
MBPG1600	
MBPG1601	

I n = 1600A

Ii

TM ~

11000
12000

AMPS

40º C

10000

Trip Unit/Disparador 525

9000

Ii

AMPS
9000

10000

8000

11000

7000

12000
Amps

Ii
10000

8000

11000

7000

12000
Amps

Model 525 Trip Unit

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
Catalog Number	
Continuous	
Ampere Rating	
	
	
	

1200	
1400	
1600	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NPX3B120	
NPX3B140	
NPX3B160	

	
	
	

HPX3B120	
HPX3B140	
HPX3B160	

	
	
	

LPX3B120	
LPX3B140	
LPX3B160	

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/37

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units
Selection

Model 555 Trip Unit

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NPG3F160	

	

HPG3F160	

	

LPG3F160	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3R120	
NPG3R160	

	
	

	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3T120	
NPG3T160	

	
	

	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3V120	
NPG3V160	

	
	

	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3W120	
NPG3W160	

	
	

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HPG3R120	
	
HPG3R160	
	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HPG3T120	
	
HPG3T160	
	
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HPG3V120	
	
HPG3V160	
	
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HPG3W120	
	
HPG3W160	
	

TRIP UNIT ONLY

LPG3R120	
LPG3R160	

	
	

CPT3R120	
CPT3R160	

LPG3T120	
LPG3T160	

	
	

CPT3T120	
CPT3T160	

LPG3V120	
LPG3V160	

	
	

CPT3V120	
CPT3V160	

LPG3W120	
LPG3W160	

	
	

CPT3W120	
CPT3W160	

Model 586 Trip Unit

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
                   
 
	
N-Interrupting Class		
		
	
	
Catalog Number	
	

L-Interrupting Class	
	
	
Catalog Number	

	
Catalog Number	

FRAME ONLY

Continuous
Ampere Rating	

	

NPG3F160	

	

HPG3F160	

	

LPG3F160	

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER	

	
	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3A120	
NPG3A160	

	
	

	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3G120	
NPG3G160	

	
	

1200	
1600	

NPG3K120	
NPG3K160	

	
	
LCD
	
	

17/38

H-Interrupting Class		
	
	
Catalog Number	

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HPG3A120	
	
LPG3A120	
HPG3A160	
	
LPG3A160	
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HPG3G120	
	
LPG3G120	
HPG3G160	
	
LPG3G160	
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HPG3K120	
	
LPG3K120	
HPG3K160	
	
LPG3K160	

Product Category: MCCB

TRIP UNIT ONLY
	
	

CPT3A120	
CPT3A160	

	
	

CPT3G120	
CPT3G160	

	
	

CPT3K120	
CPT3K160	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames
Selection

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Description	

Mounting Pocketa	

Catalog Number

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches
	2A + 2B	
	Base AMBP2

Left Pocket Only	

ASKP3	

4 Aux. Switches
	2A + 2B	
	Base AMBP1

Left, Right	

ASKP4	

x4

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Description	

Mounting Pocketa	

Catalog Number

Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches	
	2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches	

Left, Right	
Left Pocket Only	

AMBP1	
AMBP2	

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG-PG Frames
Description	

Catalog Number

1 Normally Open Contact (1A)	

ASWPA	

1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)	

ASWPB	

x4

Shunt Trips
Description	

Mounting Pocket	

Catalog Number	

24 VDC		

STRPB24DC	

48-60 VDC		

STRPC60DC	

110-127 VDC		

STRPD125DC	

220-250 VDC	

STRPE250DC	

Right Pocket Only	

48-60 VAC		

STRPM60	

110-127 VAC		

STRPN120	

208-277 VAC		

STRPS277	

380-600 VAC		

STRPV600	

Undervoltage Release
Description	

Mounting Pocket	

12 VDC		

Catalog Number	
UVRPA12DC	

24 VDC		

UVRPB24DC	

48 VDC		

UVRPC48DC	

60 VDC		

UVRPG60DC	

110-127 VDC		

UVRPD125DC	

220-250 VDC		

UVRPE250DC	

110-127 VAC	

Right Pocket Only	

220-240 VAC		

UVRPN120	
UVRPR240	

208 VAC		

UVRPP208	

277 VAC		

UVRPS277	

380-415 VAC		

UVRPT415	

440-480 VAC		

UVRPU480	

a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/39

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Molded Case Switch
Selection

General
Typically a molded case switch is used
when a compact load-break switch is
needed for disconnect purposes. The
VL line of molded case switches from
Siemens is made of the same materials and components as the VL circuit
breakers but do not provide overcurrent protection. Each molded case

switch has a fixed instantaneous selfprotecting trip element which may
open the switch under high fault conditions.
Application Note
Overcurrent protection must be provided by an appropriate overcurrent protective device located upstream from

the molded case switch. Also, the
short-circuit current rating of the
switch is limited to the interrupting rating of the upstream protective device
or the ratings in the table below,
whichever is less.

Ordering Information
	Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers.
	All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications.
	Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings,
order the lugs separately.
	All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified.

Molded Case Switch
Maximum
Ampere
Rating / Frame

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

240V

480V

600V

Self Protective
Instantaneous
Override

150A / DG
250A / FG
400A / JG
600A / LG
800A / MG
1200A / NG

HDR2S150L
HFS2S250L
HJS2S400
HLR2S600
HMS2S800
HNS2S120

HDR3S150L
HFS3S250L
HJS3S400
HLR3S600
HMS3S800
HNS3S120

100k
100k
100k
100k
100k
100k

65k
65k
65k
65k
65k
65k

20k
20k
25k
18k
35k
35k

2,500A
3,500A
4,400A
5,500A
6,500A
12,000A

1600A / PG

—

HPS3S160

100k

65k

35k

14,000A

3-Pole

Short-Circuit Current Rating

Catalog Number

240V

480V

600V

Self Protective
Instantaneous
Override

Maximum
Ampere
Rating / Frame

2-Pole

3-Pole

Short-Circuit Current Rating

250A / FG

LFS3S250L

200k

100k

25k

3,500A

400A / JG
600A / LG
800A / MG
1200A / NG

LJS3S400
LLR3S600
LMS3S800

100k
100k
100k

LNS3S120

200k
200k
200k
200k

100k

25k
18k
65k
65k

4,400A
5,500A
6,500A
12,000A

1600A / PG

LPS3S160

200k

100k

65k

14,000A

The

Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available
current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected by an appropriate overcurrent protective device.

17/40

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protectors
Selection

General
Protection of Motor Circuits  
Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be
used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor fullload current.
The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The
trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted
upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current
for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current.
Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter
Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip
setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault
occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead
of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device.
Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National
Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs.
Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Motor Full	
Load Amperes	
35-50	
42-60	
48-70	
55-80	
62-90	
69-100	

	
	
	
	
	
	

58-83	
69-100	
81-117	
92-133	
104-150	
115-150b	

750
900
1050	
1200
1350
1500

	
	
	
	
	
	

96-139	
115-150b	
135-150b	
135-150b	
135-150b	
135-150b	

1250
1500
1750	
2000
2250
2500

	
	
	
	
	
	

46-67	
55-80	
65-93	
74-107	
83-120	
92-133	

600
720
840	
960
1080
1200

	
	
	
	
	
	

77-111	
92-133	
108-156	
123-178	
138-200	
154-222	

1000
1200
1400	
1600
1800
2000

	
	
	
	
	
	

135-194	
162-210	
188-220	
215-241	
242-250b	
242-250b	

1750
2100
2450	
2800
3150
3500

a

Trip	
Setting (A)	
Catalog Number a
450		
540	
630	
HDP3L150L	
720
810
900

HDP3M150L	

HDP3H150L	

HFM3L250L	

HFM3M250L	

HFM3H250L	

M
 otor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs
installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required
lugs separately.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Motor Full	
Load Amperes	
96-139	
115-167	
135-194	
154-222	
173-250	
192-278	

Trip	
Setting (A)	
Catalog Number a
1250		
1500	
1750	
HJM3L400	
2000
2250
2500

	
	
	
	
	
	

154-222	
185-267	
215-311	
246-356	
277-400	
308-400b	

2000
2400
2800	
3200
3600
4000

	
	
	
	
	
	

154-222	
185-267	
215-311	
246-356	
277-400	
308-444	

2000
2400
2800	
3200
3600
4000

	
	
	
	
	
	

212-306	
254-367	
296-428	
338-489	
381-550	
423-600	

2750
3300
3850	
4400
4950
5500

	
	
	
	
	
	

250-361	
292-422	
335-483	
385-556	
442-638	
500-722	

3250
3800
4350	
5000
5740
6500

	
	
	
	
	
	

385-556	
462-667	
538-778	
615-889	
692-1000	
769-1111	

5000
6000
7000	
8000
9000
10,000

HJM3M400	

HLM3J600	

HLM3Y600	

HMM3M800	

HNM3M120	

T
 hese settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed
17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP.

Product Category: MCCB

17/41

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers
Selection

General
Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable
trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case
Circuit Breakers shown below are for use
in grounded & ungrounded general DC
circuits and ungrounded battery supply
circuits of UPS systems. These breakers
are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and
feature rated interruption levels from
42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in

Frame

DG

FG

JG

LG

MG

NG

PG

a
b

Type

HDGD

HFGD

HJGD

HLGD

HMGD

HNGD

HPGD

Continuous
Ampere Rating

the table. This family of circuit breakers
is rated from 50 to 1600 Amperes.
Types HDGD through HPGD circuit
breakers are provided with an adjustable
magnetic over-current function located
on the face of the circuit breaker.
Contact Siemens for specific magnetic
over-current values.
To properly use these UL Listed circuit
breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated

Catalog Number
(3-pole)a

Short-Circuit
Current Rating
600VDCb

50

HDC3B050

42K

60

HDC3B060

42K

70

HDC3B070

42K

80

HDC3B080

42K

90

HDC3B090

42K

100

HDC3B100

42K

110

HDC3B110

42K

125

HDC3B125

42K

150

HDC3B150

42K

100

HFC3B100

42K

150

HFC3B150

42K

250

HFC3B250

42K

250

HJC3B250

65K

300

HJC3B300

65K

350

HJC3B350

65K

400

HJC3B400

65K

400

HLC3B400

65K

600

HLC3B600

65K

600

HMC3B600

65K

700

HMC3B700

65K

800

HMC3B800

65K

800

HNC3B800

65K

900

HNC3B900

65K

1000

HNC3B100

65K

1200

HNC3B120

65K

1200

HPC3B120

65K

1400

HPC3B140

65K

1600

HPC3B160

65K

interruption level, it is necessary to
connect the terminals of the 3 pole
circuit breaker in a series configuration
as shown in the diagram below.
Types HDGD through HPGD use the
same internal and external accessories
as the standard DG through PG frames
and associated types. Consult the
individual frame section for accessory
information.

+

–

LOAD

T
 erminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 17/90.
S
 tandard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS
applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information.

17/42

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Selection

1	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
8	

Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out
Interphase Barriers
Rear Terminals – Flat and Round
Bus Extensions
Terminal Connectors
Plug-In Terminal Blades
Extended Terminal Shield
Standard Terminal Shield

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

9	
10	
11	
12	
13	
14	
15	
16	

Cover Frame for Door Cutout
Stored Energy Operator
Rotary Handle Operator
Variable Depth Rotary Operator
Max Flex Operator
Circuit Breaker
Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases
Auxiliary/Alarm Switches

17	
18	
19	
20	
21	
	

Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525)
Electronic Trip Unit (555)
Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586)
Communication Module with ZSI
Electronic Trip Unit Tester and
LCD Power Supply

17/43

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

	
For DG to FG Frame	
For JG to LG Frame
	
150 to 250 A		
400 A to 600 A
				
Description	
Catalog Number	
Catalog Number
Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit				
Fixed depth and the handle is mounted			
	
directly on the circuit breaker.				
Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks).				
	
NEMA 1, 12	
RHFF	
	
RHFL	
Red Handle Version				
with red knob, yellow indicator plate				
	
NEMA 1, 12	
RHFFEM	
	
RHFLEM	
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit				
Variable depth, door mounted handle.				
Includes knob with masking frame,				
indicator plate, detachable door coupling,				
12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary				
operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3				
padlocks). 					
	
NEMA 1, 12	
RHVF12	
	
RHVL12	
Auxiliary Switch Kits				
For Direct or Extended Rotary				
Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).				
Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit a				
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire 				
	
For Door-Mounted Operator	
—	
—	
RHSLA1	
	
For Through-Door Operator	
RHSFA1F	
	
RHSLA1F	
Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire 				
	
For Door-Mounted Operator	
—	
—	
RHSLA2	
	
For Through-Door Operator	
RHSFA2F	
	
RHSLA2F	
Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism				
Breaker mechanism only	

RHVFBM	

	

RHVLBM	

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only				
	
	

Standard version	NEMA 1, 12	
NEMA 3R	
NEMA 4X	
Red Handle version	

RHVM12H	
RHVM3RH	
RHVM4XH	
RHVMEMH	

	
	
	
	

RHVM12H	
RHVM3RH	
RHVM4XH	
RHVMEMH	

NFPA-79 Handle Kit				
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance
with door-mounted rotary operator	

RHVF79H		

RHVM79H

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator				
2 inches (50.8mm)		
3 inches (76.2mm)		
12 inches (304.8 mm)	
16 inches (406.4 mm)	
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket	

a

RHVMS02	
—	
RHVMS12	
RHVMS16	
RHVMS24	

—	

	
	
	
	

RHVMS02	
—	
RHVMS12	
RHVMS16	
RHVMS24	

—

During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens.

17/44

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

	
For MG Frame		
	
800 A		
		
Description	
Catalog Number	

For NG to PG Frame
1200 to 1600 A
Catalog Number

Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit				
Fixed depth, breaker mounted.				
For direct fitting to the circuit breaker.				
Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.				
	
NEMA 1, 12	
RHFM	
—	
—	
Red Handle version				
with red knob, yellow indicator plate				
	
NEMA 1, 12	
—	
—	
—	

—
—

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit				
Variable depth, door mounted handle.				
Includes knob with masking frame,				
indicator plate, detachable door coupling,				
12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary				
operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3				
padlocks).					
	
NEMA 1, 12	
RHVM12	
	
—	

—

Auxiliary Switch Kits			
For Direct or Extended Rotary				
Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).				
Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit				
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire 				
	
For Door-Mounted Operator	
RHSMA1	
	
RHSPA1	
	
For Through-Door Operator	
—	
—	
—	
Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire 				
	
For Door-Mounted Operator	
RHSMA2	
	
RHSPA2	
	
For Through-Door Operator	
—	
—	
—	

—
—

Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism				
Breaker mechanism only	

RHVMBM	

	

RHVPBM	

	
	
	
	

RHVP3RH	
RHVP3RH	
RHVP4XH	
RHVPEMH	

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only		
	
	

Standard version	

NEMA 1, 12	
NEMA 3R	
NEMA 4X	
Red Handle version		

RHVM12H	
RHVM3RH	
RHVM4XH	
RHVMEMH	

NFPA-79 Handle Kit				
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance
with door-mounted rotary operator	

RHVM79H		

RHVP79H

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator	
2 inches (50.8mm)		
3 inches (76.2mm)		
12 inches (304.8 mm)		
16 inches (406.4 mm)		
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

RHVMS02	
—	
RHVMS12	
RHVMS16	
RHVMS24	

—	

	
	
	
	

—	
RHVPS03	
RHVPS12	
—	
RHVPS24	

Product Category: MCCB

—
—

17/45

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

	
	
	
Description	

For DG and FG Frame	
150 to 250 A		

For JG and LG Frame
400 to 600 A

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number

Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit		
Adjustable from 8” to 16”
Complete kit, includes handle and
variable depth operator.		
	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
FHVF3R	
	
	
NEMA 4X	
FHVF4X 		
IEC Black Handle	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
FHVF3RB 		
	
NEMA 4X	
FHVF4XB		
Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit		
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker		
operator, and cable.	 NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
MFKF3R	
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”
May be right- or left-hand mounted

FHVL3R
FHVL4X
FHVL3RB
FHVL4XB

	

MFKL3R	

Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth				
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
Plastic	
MFHM3R	
	
MFHM3R	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
Steel - epoxy coated	
MFHM3RS	
	
MFHM3RS	
NEMA 4, 4X	
Steel - chrome plated	
MFHM4X	
	
MFHM4X	
Solid color (all gray) Plastica				
NEMA 1, 3R, 12		
MFHM3RB	
	
MFHM3RB	
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda				
NEMA 1, 3R, 12		
MFHM3RSB	
	
MFHM3RSB	
Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™	

MFMF	

	

MFML	

Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth	
36”		
48”		
60”		
72”		
84”		
96”		
120”		
144”		

MFCF036	
MFCF048	
MFCF060	
MFCF072	
MFCF084	
MFCF096	
MFCF120	
MFCF144	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

MFCM036	
MFCM048	
MFCM060	
MFCM072	
MFCM084	
MFCM096	
MFCM120	
MFCM144	

Handle Auxiliary Switch				
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb				
1 Aux. switch		
MFSFA1	
	
MFSLA1	
2 Aux. switch		
MFSFA2	
	
MFSLA2	

a
b

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.
The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.

17/46

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

	
	
	
Description	

For MG Frame		
800 A		

For NG Frame		
1200 A		

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number

Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit		
Adjustable from 8” to 16”
Complete kit, includes handle and
variable depth operator.		
	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
	
NEMA 4X	
IEC Black Handle	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
	
NEMA 4X	
Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit		
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker	
operator, and cable.	 NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”		
May be right- or left-hand mounted

b

—
—
—
—

MFKM3R	

	

MFKP3RS	

	

MFKP3RS	

MFHM3R	
MFHM3RS	
MFHM4X	

	
	
	

—		
MFHP3RS	
	
MFHP4X	
	

—	
MFHP3RS	
MFHP4X	

MFHM3RB	

	

—	

—	

MFHM3RSB	

	

MFHP3RSB	

	

MFHP3RSB	

Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™	

MFMM	

	

MFMP	

	

MFMP	

Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth	
36”		
48”		
60”		
72”		
84”		
96”		
120”		
144”		

MFCM036	
MFCM048	
MFCM060	
MFCM072	
MFCM084	
MFCM096	
MFCM120	
MFCM144	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
MFCP048	
MFCP060	
MFCP072	
MFCP084	
MFCP096	
MFCP120	
MFCP144	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
MFCP048	
MFCP060	
MFCP072	
MFCP084	
MFCP096	
MFCP120	
MFCP144	

Handle Auxiliary Switch	
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb	
1 Aux. switch		
2 Aux. switch		

MFSPA1	
	
MFSPA2		

Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
Plastic	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12	
Steel - epoxy coated	
NEMA 4, 4X	
Steel - chrome plated	
Solid color (all gray) Plastica	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12		
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda	
NEMA 1, 3R, 12		

a

—	
	
— 		
— 		
—		

MFSPA1	
MFSPA2	

	

	

	
	

MFSPA1	
MFSPA2	

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.
The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/47

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

					
					
					
Description				

For DG to FG Frame		
150 to 250 A			
		
Catalog Number		

Stored Energy and Motor Operators				
		

Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.		
	
	
	
	
	
	

AC Voltage	
—	
42-48	
60	
110–127	
220–250	

DC Voltage	
24	
42-48	
60	
110–127	
220–250	

Stored Energy Type		
SEAFB	
		
SEAFM	
		
SEAFY	
		
SEAFN	
		
SEAFR	
		

Cylinder Locks for Field Installation	

CLKF	

		

		
			
For DG Frame		
					
150 A		
							
Description				
Catalog Number	

For FG Frame	
250 A	

Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases	

Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly
Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip
interlock, and mounting hardware.
Rear Connected
	
3-pole		
Front Connected	
	
3-pole		

PCBDRC3	

	

PCBFRC3	

PCBDFC3	

	

PCBFFC3	

DCADRC3	

	

DCAFRC3	

DCADFC3	

	

DCAFFC3	

Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator	

DCHP	

	

DCHP	

Position Indicator Switch	
Form “C” switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged
position.a

DCIP	

	

DCIP	

Secondary Terminal Block Assy.	
Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug
and block with 8 terminal points.b
	

PCTF83	

	

PCTF83	

Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit	
Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & 1 trip interlock	

PCXD3	

	

PCXF3	

Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit	
Set of 6 terminal blades, & 1 trip interlock	

DCXD3	

	

DCXF3	

Spare Breaker Trip Interlock	
	

PCXFT	

	

PCXFT	

Draw-out Assembly
Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip
interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields.
Rear Connected
	
3-pole 		
Front Connected
	
3-pole 		
(Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware)

a
b

Catalog Number

Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base.
Up to 2 plugs per breaker (16 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted
on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers.

17/48

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms
Selection

For JG to LG Frame	
400 to 600 A		

For MG Frame		
800 A		

For NG to PG Frame
1200 to 1600 A

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Stored Energy Type		
	
SEALB	
	
SEALM	
	
SEALY	
	
SEALN	
	
SEALR	

	
	
	
	
	

	

	

CLKP	

Stored Energy Type		
SEAMB	
SEAMM	
SEAMY	
SEAMN	
SEAMR	
CLKP	

	
	
	
	
	
	

Motor Operator Type
MTRPB	
MTRPM	
MTRPY	
MTRPN	
MTRPR	
CLKP	

For JG Frame		
400 A		

For LG Frame		
600 A		

For MG Frame		
800 A		

For NG Frame		
1200 A		

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

PCBJRC3	

	

PCBLRC3	

	

PCBMRC3			

PCBNRC3			

—	

PCBJFC3	

	

PCBLFC3	

	

—			

—			

—	

DCAJRC3	

	

DCALRC3	

	

DCAMRC3	

	

DCANRC3	

	

—	

DCAJFC3	

	

DCALFC3	

	

DCAMFC3	

	

DCANFC3	

	

—	

DCHP	

	

DCHP	

	

DCHP	

	

DCHP	

	

—

DCIP	

	

DCIP	

	

DCIP	

	

DCIP	

	

—	

PCTL83	

	

PCTL83	

	

PCTM83	

	

PCTN83	

	

—	

PCXJ3	

	

PCXL3	

	

PCXM3			

DCXJ3	

	

DCXL3	

	

DCXM3	

	

DCXN3	

	

—	

PCXLT	

	

PCXLT	

	

PCXMT	

	

PCXPT	

	

—	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

PCXN3			

—	

17/49

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections
Selection

		
	
			
			
Description		

For DG Frame		
150 A		

For FG Frame	
250 A	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

Front Bus Bar Connections
Includes nut keeper plates and shield.

Standard 3-Pole Set

Round Terminal

Flat Terminal

Flat Bus Bar

Standard (straight)
	
3-Pole Set	 	
Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit	
Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields	
100% rated applications
Rear-Connecting Studs
Short length round term. (1piece)	
Long length round term. (1piece)	
3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + 1 long	
Short length flat term. (1piece)	
Long length flat term. (1piece)	
3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + 1 long	
Flat bus bar type (1 piece)	
3-Pole set of flat bus bar	

FBCD3	
—	
—	

RTLDSR	
RTLDLR	
SRTDR3	
RTLDSF	
RTLDLF	
SRTDF3	
—	
—	

	

FBCF3	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	

RTLFSR	
RTLFLR	
SRTFR3	
RTLFSF	
RTLFLF	
SRTFF3	
—	
—	

	
	

	
	

Terminal Shields
Includes 2 terminal shields.
	
3-Pole Standard Shield	

TSSF3	

	

TSSF3	

	

TSLF3	

	

TSLF3	

Interphase Barriers
	
Set of 2 barriers	
	
Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases.

IPBF	

	

IPBF	

Lug Mounting Assy.	

—	

	

—	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

3-Pole Extended Shield	

Breaker Mounting Base
	
	

Front connected	
Rear connected	

Terminal Shields

Interphase Barriers

17/50

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections
Selection

	 For JG Frame		
	 400 A		
	
	 Catalog Number 	

For LG Frame		
600 A		

For MG Frame	
800 A		

For NG Frame	
1200 A		

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number

		
FBCJ3	
	
FBCL3	
	
FBCM3	
	
—	
	
—	
	
—	
	
SSBP	
	
								
SSBPH	
	
										

SSBP	
SSBPH	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

RTLJSR	
RTLJLR	
SRTJR3	
RTLJSF	
RTLJLF	
SRTJF3	
—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

	

TSSL3	

	

	

TSLL3	

	

IPBM	

	

—	

	

—	

	

—	

	

—	

	

LMAP1600b	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

MBPG1600	
MBPG1601	

a

	
	
	
	
	
	

	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
RTLMSF	
SRTMF3	

TSSL3a	

	

	

TSLL3a	

	

	

IPBM	

	

	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
RTLLSF	
SRTLF3	

Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard
Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for busbar connection.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

	
	
	
	
	
	

b

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
RTLNSF	
SRTNF3	

	
	
	
	
	
	

TSSM3	

	

TSSP3	

	

TSSP3	

TSLM3	

	

TSLP3	

	

TSLP3	

IPBM	

	

IPBP	

	

IPBP	

Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only.
Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side.

17/51

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections
Selection

	
	
	
Description	

For DG Frame		
150 A		

For FG Frame	
250 A	

Catalog Number		

Catalog Number

Nut Keeper Plates
For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections.
(For metric threads on other than the JG frame,
change ”TNK” to ”TMK”)
1 Nut Keeper Plate	
Kit of 3	

TNKD	
TNKD3	

	
	

TNKF	
TNKF3	

Mechanical Lugs
Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only)				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#8-1/0; 1-hole		
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole	
Single Lug	
TW1DG20	
	
TW1FG350	
Kit of 3	
3TW1DG20	
	
3TW1FG350	
Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire)				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#6-3/0; 1-hole		
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole	
Single Lug	
TA1DG30	
	
TAW1FG350	
Kit of 2	
—	
	
—	
				
Kit of 3	
3TA1DG30	
	
3TAW1FG350	
				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
—	
	
—	
				
Single Lug	
—	
	
—	
Kit of 2	
—	
	
—	
Kit of 3	
—	
	
—	
				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
—	
	
—	
Single Lug	
—	
	
—	
				

—	

	

—	

	

Copper Body (Cu Wire Only)				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#6-3/0; 1-hole		
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole	
Single Lug	
TC1DG30	
	
TCW1FG350	
Kit of 2	
—	
	
—	
				
Kit of 3	
3TC1DG30	
	
3TCW1FG350	
				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
—	
	
—	
Single Lug	
—	
	
—	
Compression Lugs				
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#14-2/0; 1-cable		
#4-350 kcmil; 1-cable	
Kit of 2	
2CLD20	
	
—	
Kit of 3	
3CLD20	
	
3CLF350	
—	
—	
—	

Cable Size; (cables per phase)			
Kit of 2			
Kit of 3	
—	
	
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
Kit of 3	

—	
—	

Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only)			
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#14-#2; 3-hole		
Single Lug	
TA3DG02	
Kit of 3	
3TA3DG02	
Cable Size; (cables per phase)	
#14-#4; 6-hole		
Single Lug	
TA6DG04	
Kit of 3	
3TA6DG04	

Note: pictures provide graphical
representaions only.

Control Wire Terminals
Control Wire Terminal (Single)	
Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3)	

—	
—	

—	
—	

	
	

	
	
	
	

	
	

#14-#1; 2-hole and	
#14-2/0; 1-hole	
TA3FG20	
3TA3FG20	
#14-#4; 6-hole	
TA6FG04	
3TA6FG04

—	
—	

	Required

for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable
sized at 75°C ampacity.

17/52

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections
Selection

	 For JG Frame		
	 400 A		
	
	 Catalog Number		

	 TMKJ	
	 TMKJ3	

	
	

For LG Frame		
600 A		

For MG Frame		
800 A		

For NG Frame		
1200 A		

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number		

Catalog Number		

Catalog Number		

Catalog Number	

TNKL	
TNKL3	

	
	

TNKM	
TNKM3	

	
	

TNKP	
TNKP3	

TNKP	
TNKP3	

	
	

	 metric only

			
	 1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole		
	 TW1JG600	
	
	 3TW1JG600	
	
			
	 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole		
	 TA2JG250	
	
	 —	
	
			
	 3TA2JG250	
	
			
	
	 AL: 250-750 kcmil		
	 CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole	
	 TA1JG750	
	
	 —	
	
	 3TA1JG750	
	
		
	 —	
	
	 —	
	

—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	

#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole		
1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole		
—	
	
TA3MG500	
	
—	
	
3TA3MG500	
	
—	
		
3TA2LG600LDa	
			
3TA2LG600LNb	
			
AL: 250-750 kcmil
CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole	
TA1JG750 (400A max)	
	
—	
	
3TA1JG750 (400A max)	
	
—	
—	

	
	

500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole		
TA2MG750	
	
—	
	
3TA2MG750	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	

1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole		
—	
	
2TA4NG500	
	

1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole
—	
—	

3TA4NG500	
3TA4NG500Hc

3TA6PG750e	

	

500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole		
—	
	
2TA3NG750	
3TA3NG750	
	

600-750 kcmil; 4-hole
TA4P750f	
—	

#2-600 kcmil; 3-hole				
—	
	
	
	
		
	
—	
	

300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole
TA5P600f	
TA6R600f	
—	

							
	 —	
	
—	
	
3TA3MG600d (Kit of 3)	

		
	 3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole		
	 TC2JG250	
	
	 —	
	
			
	 —	
	
			
	 3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole		
	 TC1JG750	
	

#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole		
1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole		
—	
	
TC3MG500	
	
—	
	
—	
	
—	
			
3TC2LG600LD	
	
—	
	

3TC2LG600LN 	
			
—	
	
—	
	
—	
	
—	
	

—	
—	

			
	 #6-350 kcmil; 1-cable		
	 —	
	
	 3CLJ350	
	

#6-350 kcmil; 2-cable				
—	
	
—	
	
6CLL350 (kit of 6)	
	
—	
	

1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable		
—	
	
12CLN500 (kit of 12)	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	

250-750 kcmil; 1-cable	
3CLL750	
—	
250-600 kcmil; 2-cable
6CLL600 (kit of 6)	
—	

250-600 kcmil; 1-cable		
3CLJ600	
	
—	
	
250-750 kcmil; 1-cable		
3CLJG750	
	
—	
	


				
	 #14-#4; 12-hole		
—	
	 TA12JG04	
	
—	
	 3TA12JG04	
	
—	
	 #14-2/0; 6-hole		
—	
	 TA6JG20	
	
—	
	 3TA6JG20	
	
—	

				
	 TA2JG250PT	
	
—	
	 —	
	
3TA2LG600LNPT	

All lug kits include the nut keepers.
a Mounted on Load Side Only.
b Mounted on Line Side Only.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

	

—	
—	
—	

1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole		
—	
	
—	
	
3TC4NG500	

—	

	
	
	

300-600 kcmil; 5-hole	
TC5R600f	

	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	
	

—	
—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	

—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

TA3MG500PT	
—	

	

—	
3TA4NG500PT	

	

	

	

	

Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable
sized at 75°C ampacity.
d Requires extended modified shield.
c

Product Category: MCCB

e
f

	

—	
—	

Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base.
Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting
base.

17/53

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General

Selection
		
	
			
		
	
Description		

Handle Padlocking
Device

Walking-Beam
Interlock Mechanism

Cable Interlock
System

17/54

For DG Frame	
150 A		

For FG Frame	
250 A	

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number

Handle Padlocking Device	
To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up
to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles.

HPLF	

	

HPLF	

Handle Blocking Device	
For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a
lockout/tagout device.

HBDF	

	

HBDF	

Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent
circuit breakers.
	
Fixed mounted breakers	
			
Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size.
Cable Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only.	
Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible.
Interlock Cable
Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers.
	
Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A)	
	
Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A)	
	
Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommended from 1200–1600A)	
	

WBMFFM	
	
WBMFFM	
			

CBTF	

	

CBTF	

CBCF18	
CBCM36	
CBCP54	

	
	
	

CBCF18	
CBCM36	
CBCP54	

Mounting Screw Kit
Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the
user’s prepared surface
	
Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread)	
	
Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread)	

MSKF2	
MSKF4	

	
	

MSKF2	
MSKF4	

Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover
Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment
of trip settings. Seal not included.
	
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units	

TSCFTM	

	

TSCFTM	

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General
Selection

	 For JG Frame		
	 400 A		
	
	 Catalog Number	

For LG Frame		
600 A		

For MG Frame	
800 A		

Catalog Number	

For NG Frame	
1200 A		

Catalog Number	

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

	

HPLL	

	

HPLL	

	

HPLM	

	

HPLP	

	

HPLP	

	

HBDL	

	

HBDL	

	

HBDM	

	

HBDP	

	

HBDP	

	
WBMLFM	
	
WBMLFM	
	
WBMMFM	
	
WBMPFM	
	
WBMPFM	
										

	

CBTL	

	
	
	

—	
CBCM36	
CBCP54	

	

	
	

—	
MSKL4	

	

	

TSCLTM	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

	

CBTL	

—	
CBCM36	
CBCP54	

	

	
	

—	
MSKL4	

	

	

	

TSCLTM	

	

CBTM	

—	
CBCM36	
CBCP54	

	

	
	

—	
MSKM4	

	

	

	

TSCMTM	

	

CBTP	

	
	

—	
—	
CBCP54	

	
	

—	
MSKP4	

	

	

	

—	

	

Product Category: MCCB

	

CBTP	

	

—	
—	
CBCP54	

	

—	
MSKP4	

—	

17/55

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories
Selection

		
			
					
					
Description				
Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole)
	
Neutral = 35/60A			
	
Neutral = 100A			
	
Neutral = 150A			
	
Neutral = 250A			
	
Neutral = 400A			
	
Neutral = 600A			
	
Neutral = 800A			
	
Neutral = 1000/1200A			
	
Neutral = 1600A			

For DG Frame		
150 A		

For FG Frame	
250 A	

Catalog Number 	

Catalog Number

NGSD060	
NGSF100	
NGSF150	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
NGSF100	
NGSF150	
NGSJ250	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

Communications & Electronics

Spare Flat
Cable
Power Stick

Com20 Profibus
& Com21 Modbus
Communications
Module

Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply
for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip testing for both 555 & 586 trip units.

EPSP18V

EPSP18V

Spare flat cable for Power Stick.

COMPCA

COMPCA

COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for
electronic trip units (order cable separately)

COMPRO20

COMPRO20

COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for
electronic trip units (order cable separately)

COMMOD21

COMMOD21

Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft)

COMKIT3

COMKIT3

Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft)

COMKIT6

COMKIT6

Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a
PC by plugging into COM20/21

3UF79100AA000

3UF79100AA000

Door Cutouts & Extensions

Cover Frame for
Door Cutout

Cover Frame for Door Cutout
	
For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30)
	
2-Pole & 3-Pole 			

BZLF3	

	

BZLF3	

For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40)		

BZLFRHSE	

	

BZLFRHSE	

(not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator)	

BZLFBDC	

	

BZLFBDC	

Toggle Handle Extension			
	
For spare or replacement. (One is included with each
	
NG - PG frame.)

—	

Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated.
Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40)	

	

—	

Toggle Handle
Extension

17/56

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories
Selection

	 For JG Frame		
	 400 A		
		
	 Catalog Number	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
NGSJ250	
NGSL400	
—	
—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

For LG Frame		
600 A		

For MG Frame		
800 A		

For NG Frame		
1200 A		

For PG Frame
1600 A

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

—	
—	
—	
—	
NGSL400	
NGSM600	
—	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
NGSM600	
NGSN800	
—	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
NGSN800	
NGSP120	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
NGSP120	
NGSP160	

EPSP18V

EPSP18V

EPSP18V

EPSP18V

EPSP18V

COMPCA

COMPCA

COMPCA

COMPCA

COMPCA

COMPRO20

COMPRO20

COMPRO20

COMPRO20

COMPRO20

COMMOD21

COMMOD21

COMMOD21

COMMOD21

COMMOD21

COMKIT4

COMKIT4

COMKIT5

COMKIT5

COMKIT5

COMKIT7

COMKIT7

COMKIT8

COMKIT8

COMKIT8

3UF79100AA000

3UF79100AA000

3UF79100AA000

3UF79100AA000

3UF79100AA000

	

BZLL3	

	

BZLL3	

	

BZLM3	

	

BZLP3	

	

BZLP3	

	

BZLLRHSE	

	

BZLLRHSE	

	

BZLMRHSE	

	

BZLPRHSE	

	

BZLPRHSE	

	

BZLLBDC	

	

BZLLBDC	

	

BZLMBDC	

	

BZLPBDC	

	

BZLPBDC	

	

THEL	

	

THEL	

	

THEM	

	

THEP	

	

THEP	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/57

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessory Locations
Selection

Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories
	
	 Frame Family	

Left Pocket	

Right Pocket

		

	
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
	 DG*, FG*, JG, LG		
150 to 600A

	

	
	
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich
			
		

	
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
	 MG, NG, PG		
	

800 to 1600A

	

	
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches

Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches

Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches

* Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories.

Accessory Information
b	 Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A
or 1B contact
	
b Alarm Switch has 1A or 1B contact
b	 UVR is an Undervoltage Release
b	The standard location for factory
mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches
is the Left Pocket

Accessory Maximums
DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories:	

b	 Maximum of six (6) switches total
b	DG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm
Switches, one each in the Left and
Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm,
Left only
MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories:

b	Maximum of eight (8) switches total
b	Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches,
Left Pocket only

For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for
communication using Modbus or Profibus
DG, FG

MG, NG, PG

COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary
contact kit. May add only one or two
contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary
function.

COMKIT5 & COMKIT8 provide auxiliary
contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket.
Two contact blocks can be added for
Auxiliary function and one for Alarm
function. Right pole pocket available for
other release or an additional Auxiliary
Contact kit.

JG, LG

COMKIT4 & COMKIT7 provide auxiliary
contact kit mounted in left pole pocket.
One contact block can be added for
Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket
available for other release or an additional Auxiliary contact kit.

17/58

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Selection
		
Then add 	
If the frame is:	
And you need these functions:	
this suffix:	
	
1 Alarm Switch		
DG, FG, JG or LG	
1 NO Alarm	
A1	
	
1 NC Alarm		

Device
Catalog Number
ASKL1

	
DG, FG, JG or LG
	

2 Aux. Switches	
A2	
1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts		

ASKL2

	
DG, FG, JG or LG	
	

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches		
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm	
A3	
2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm		

ASKL3

	

	
MG, NG or PG
	
	

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches		
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm	
A3	
2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm		
2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm		

ASKP3

	
MG, NG or PG
	

4 Aux. Switches	
A4	
2NO + 2NC Aux.		

ASKP4

Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips
		
If the frame is:	
And you need these functions:	
	
24V DC	
	
48-60V DC	
	
110-127V DC	
	
220-250V DC	
DG, FG, JG or LG
	
48-60V AC	
	
110-127V AC	
	
208-277V AC	
	
380-600V AC	

Then add 	
this suffix:	
RB	
RC	
RD	
RE	
RM	
RN	
RS	
RV	

Device
Catalog Number
STRLB24DC
STRLC60DC
STRLD125DC
STRLE250DC
STRLM60
STRLN120
STRLS277
STRLV600

	
	
	

RB	
RC	
RD	
RE	
RM	
RN	
RS	
RV	

STRPB24DC
STRPC60DC
STRPD125DC
STRPE250DC
STRPM60
STRPN120
STRPS277
STRPV600

		
If the frame is:	
And you need these functions:	
	
12V DC	
	
24V DC	
	
48V DC	
	
60V DC	
	
110-127V DC	
	
220-250V DC	
DG, FG, JG or LG	
24V AC	
	
110-127V AC	
	
220-240V AC	
	
208V AC	
	
277V AC	
	
380-415V AC	
	
440-480V AC	

Then add 	
this suffix:	
UA	
UB	
UC	
UG	
UD	
UE	
UL	
UN	
UR	
UP	
US	
UT	
UU	

Device
Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC
UVRLB24DC
UVRLC48DC
UVRLG60DC
UVRLD125DC
UVRLE250DC
UVRLL24
UVRLN120
UVRLR240
UVRLP208
UVRLS277
UVRLT415
UVRLU480

	
	
	
	
	
	
MG, NG or PG	
	
	
	
	
	

UA	
UB	
UC	
UG	
UD	
UE	
UN	
UR	
UP	
US	
UT	
UU	

UVRPA12DC
UVRPB24DC
UVRPC48DC
UVRPG60DC
UVRPD125DC
UVRPE250DC
UVRPN120
UVRPR240
UVRPP208
UVRPS277
UVRPT415
UVRPU480

	
MG, NG or PG
	
	
	
	

24V DC	
48-60V DC	
110-127V DC	
220-250V DC	
48-60V AC	
110-127V AC	
208-277V AC	
380-600V AC	

Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

12V DC	
24V DC	
48V DC	
60V DC	
110-127V DC	
220-250V DC	
110-127V AC	
220-240V AC	
208V AC	
277V AC	
380-415V AC	
440-480V AC	

17/59

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Technical Data
Selection
	 	

DG	

FG	

JG	

LG	

MG	

NG	

PG

150	

250	

400	

600	

800	

1200	

1600

600	
690	

600	
690	

600	
690	

600	
690	

600	
690	

600	
690	

600
690

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
93%	
86%	
80%	
20,000	
120	

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
93%	
86%	
80%	
20,000	
120	

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
93%	
86%	
80%	
20,000	
120	

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
93%	
86%	
80%	
10,000	
60	

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
95%	
86%	
80%	
5,000	
60	

8	
4	
-25 to +75	
95%	
86%	
80%	
3,000	
30	

8	
4	 	
-25 to +75
95%
80%
74%	
3,000
30

15 – 48	
40	

32 – 80	
60	

60 – 175	
90	

85 – 230	
160	

170 – 250	
250	

150 – 220	 200 – 260
210	
260

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

30	

30	

30	

30	

42	

42	

42

18	

25	

35	

35	

65	

65	

65

10	
  5	

10	
  5	

10	
  5	

10	
  5	

10	
  5	

10	
  5	

10
5	 	

V	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1	

0.7 – 1.1

VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
W	
W	
W	
W	
ms	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501	
424 – 489	
533 – 736	
408 – 645	
594	
740 – 925	
559 – 648	
722 – 820	
50	

401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925	
559 – 648
722 – 820
50

	

Max rated continuous current	
	
Rated operational voltage	
  	 NEMA     	
V AC	
	 IEC	
V AC	
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage	
	
	 Main conducting paths	
kV	
	 Auxiliary circuits	
kV	
Ambient Temperature Range	
ºC	
	 High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.)	 50ºC	
	 	
60ºC	
	 	
70ºC	
Operating Cycles	
	
	 Max switching rate (per hour)	
	
Power loss (at max. rated current)
	 Thermal-magnetic	
W	
	 Electronic trip unit	
W	
IEC 1	
	 Time constant t = 10 ms
	 1 current path  2 current paths  3 current paths
	                         	 in series           	 in series
	 Up to 250V DC  440V DC         	 600V DC	
NEMA
	 Time constant t = 8 ms
	 2 poles switching  1 current path
	                               250V DC Max. 2 	
	
	 3 poles switching 2 current paths in series
	                           500V DC Max. 2 	
	
Accessories
Auxiliary/ Alarm Switch
	 Current rating (1 or 2 switches)	
	
	 Current rating (3 or 4 same switch)	 A	
Shunt Trip
	 Pick-up voltage	
	 Power Consumption (short-time) at:
	     48 – 60 V AC	
	 	 110 – 127 V AC	
	 	 208 – 277 V AC	
	 	 380 – 600 V AC	
	 	 24 V DC	
	 	 48 – 60 V DC	
	 	 110 –127 V DC	
	 	 220 – 250 V DC	
	 Max. Operating time	
1
2

Consult Siemens for short circuit values.
Review individual frame and type values.

17/60

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Technical Data
Selection

	

	

DG	

Undervoltage Trip	
Drop voltage (percentage)	
Pick-up voltage (percentage)	
Power consumption (continuous) at:
110 – 127 V AC	 	
220 – 250 V AC	 	
208 V AC	
	
277 V AC	
	
380 – 415 V AC	 	
440 – 480 V AC	 	
500 – 525 V AC	 	
600 V AC	
	
Max. opening time	

	
V	
V	

	
35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	 35% – 70%	
70% – 85%	 70% – 85%	 70% – 85%	 70% – 85%	 70% – 85%	 70% – 85%	 70% – 85%

VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
VA	
ms	

1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

	

	

	
	
	
ms	
ms	
s	
s	
VA/W	

X	
	
120	
20 – 50	
<100	
<5	
<5	
<500

	 	

Motorized Operating Mechanism	
Motor with stored energy mechanism
(synchronizable)	 	
Motor Operator	 	
Max. switching rate (per hour)	
Command duration	
Closing time	
	
Charging time	 	
Break time	
	
Power consumption	
Inrush (A)
Control Voltages   110 – 127 V AC
	 	
220 – 250 V AC
	 	
24 V DC
	 	
48 V DC
	 	
60 V DC

FG	

JG	

LG	

MG	

NG	

PG

1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

1.1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

1.1	
2.1	
1.2	
1.4	
1.9	
2.2	
2.5	
2.8	
50	

1.1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50

X	
	
120	
20 – 50	
<100	
<5	
<5	

X	
	
120	
20 – 50	
<100	
<5	
<5	

X
	
60	
20 – 50	
<100	
<5	
<5	

X	
60	
20 – 50	
<100	
<5	
<5	

X	
30	
—	
<5,000	
<5	
<5	

X
30
—
<5,000
<5
<5

Operating Range  85 – 110% of rated control voltage	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

17/61

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference
Note: The information provided on
this and the next page is intended for
reference and recommendation only.
Because several variables can act on
a circuit breaker’s performance at the
same time, the data below is based less
on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact
Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
High Ambient Temperatures
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers
are temperature sensitive and calibrated
for a specific ambient of 40° C (104°
F) (average enclosure temperature), a
higher ambient will cause the breaker
to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing
the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).
Similarly, the current carrying capacity
of a circuit conductor is based upon a
certain ambient temperature, a higher
ambient will reduce its current carrying
capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,
with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly
parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature
exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,
either a breaker specially calibrated for
the higher ambient or one oversized
according to Table 1 may be selected.
In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well.

Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers
Reference Ampere
Rating at
40° C (104° F)
50
60
70
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
800

Ampere Rating at:
25° C
(77° F)

50°C
(122° F)

60° C
(140° F)

55
66
77
99
110
137
165
192
220
247
275
330
385
440
550
660
770
880

46
56
65
84
94
114
136
159
182
205
235
276
325
372
468
564
658
754

42
52
60
78
87
100
120
140
160
180
220
252
301
340
435
525
613
704

900

990

828

749

1000
1200
1400

1100
1320
1540

900
1090
1304

825
1000
1148

1600

1760

1500

1320

Siemens Breaker Frames

DG

FG

JG

LG
MG
NG
PG

Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers
are insensitive to temperature changes.
However, they do include circuitry to
protect the components from abnormally high temperatures.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater
than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the
ability of a molded case circuit breaker
to transfer heat and interrupt faults.
Therefore, circuit breakers applied at
these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents
derated as indicated in Figure 1.
Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment

17/62

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ED 125A Frame, Sentron Series
Selection

  Ordering Instructions
	All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number.
Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge

	50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 17/104. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected

Type ED2e
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
25
030
35
040
45
050
060
070
80
90
100

Blue Label
1-Pole

2-Pole

120V AC	

	
240V AC	

125V DC

Catalog Number
ED21B015dn
ED21B020dn
ED21B025n
ED21B030n
ED21B035n
ED21B040n
ED21B045n
ED21B050n
ED21B060n
ED21B070n
ED21B080n
ED21B090n
ED21B100n

125V DC
250V DC

Catalog Number
ED22B015
ED22B020
ED22B025n
ED22B030
ED22B035n
ED22B040
ED22B045n
ED22B050
ED22B060
ED22B070
ED22B080n
ED22B090n
ED22B100

Type ED4e
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125

125V DC

Catalog Number
ED41B015d
ED41B020d
ED41B025
ED41B030
ED41B035n
ED41B040
ED41B045n
ED41B050
ED41B060
ED41B070
ED41B080n
ED41B090n
ED41B100
—
—

2-Pole
	
480V AC	

Number of	
Poles	

240V AC

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6

Catalog Number
ED23B015
ED23B020
ED23B025n
ED23B030
ED23B035n
ED23B040
ED23B045n
ED23B050
ED23B060
ED23B070
ED23B080
ED23B090n
ED23B100

3-Pole
250V DC

Catalog Number
—
ED42B020
ED42B025
ED42B030
ED42B035n
ED42B040
ED42B045n
ED42B050
ED42B060
ED42B070
ED42B080n
ED42B090n
ED42B100
ED42B110n
ED42B125

Type ED6e

480V AC
Catalog Number
ED43B015
ED43B020
ED43B025
ED43B030
ED43B035
ED43B040
ED43B045
ED43B050
ED43B060
ED43B070
ED43B080
ED43B090
ED43B100
ED43B110
ED43B125

Blue Label
347V AC	

2-Pole
	
600V AC	

Catalog Number
ED61B015
ED61B020
ED61B025
ED61B030
ED61B035
ED61B040
ED61B045n
ED61B050
ED61B060
ED61B070n
ED61B080
ED61B090
ED61B100n
—
—

Catalog Number
—
ED62B020
ED62B025n
ED62B030
ED62B035n
ED62B040n
ED62B045n
ED62B050n
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1-Pole
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125

3-Pole

Blue Label
1-Pole
120V AC
277V AC	

Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489
Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 17/104 for
additional information
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a CSA Certified only (Not UL)

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

250V DC

Shipping Weights

3-Pole
	
600V AC	

500V DC

Catalog Number
ED63B015
ED63B020
ED63B025
ED63B030
ED63B035
ED63B040
ED63B045
ED63B050
ED63B060
ED63B070
ED63B080
ED63B090
ED63B100
ED63B110
ED63B125

CED types and all 110–125 ampere ED frames.
Note: A, page 17/101.
rated.
e HACR rated.
 Not for use with HHED6 breakers.

Number per	
Carton	

1	
2	
3	

Shipping
Weight (lbs.)

30	
10	
10	

38
25
38

5	
5	

20
30

CED6
2	
3	

Lugs
Ampere	
Rating	

No. of	 Catalog	
Poles	 Number	

Wire
Range

Aluminum Body Lugs
All
15–25A	
1, 2, 3	
		
1, 2, 3	
All
30–100A	
		
ED2, 4, CED6	 	
1
30–60A		
ED2, 4, CED6	 	
70–100A		1
ED2, 4, 6,		
HED4, HHED6	 2, 3	
30–100A
	
All 110, 125A	 2, 3
		

Line/Load	
#14–#10 Cu
SA1E025	
#12–#10 Al
Line Side	
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
LN1E100	
Load Side	
LD1E060		#10–#4 Cu/Al
Load Side	
#6–#1/0 Cu/Al
LD1E100
	
Load Side	
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
LN1E100
Line/Load	
TA1E6125	

#3–3/0 Cu
#1–2/0 Al

	
All
30–125A	
1, 2, 3
		

Line/Load	
TC1ED6150 c

#10–1/0 Cu only

Compression Lugs
All ED, HHED, CED	

CCE125	

2/0

Copper Body Lugs

Enclosures (Neutral Included)
Type	
1 (Surface)	
1 (Flush)	
3R	
4–4X	
7–9	
7–9	
12	
1 (Surface)	
1 (Flush)	
3R	
12	

Catalog Number
E2N1S (15–100A)
E2N1F (15–100A)
E2N3R (15–100A)
ED6SS4 (15–100A)
EA (15–60A)
EB (70–100A)
E2N12 (15–100A)
CED6N1S b
CED6N1F b
CED6N3R b
CED6N12 b

b For

c See

d SWD

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/65 and 17/108 to 17/113

17/63

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ED 125A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Type HED4f

�

480V AC

�

Catalog Number
HED43B015
HED43B020
HED43B025
HED43B030
HED43B035
HED43B040
HED43B045
HED43B050
HED43B060
HED43B070
HED43B080
HED43B090
HED43B100
HED43B110
HED43B125

D

�

D1

H

�
�

� �

W1

�

�

W3

W2

	 1-POLE

	

2-POLE

	

3-POLE

�

FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown)
D

�

�

Catalog Number
HED42B015
HED42B020
HED42B025n
HED42B030
HED42B035n
HED42B040
HED42B045n
HED42B050
HED42B060n
HED42B070n
HED42B080n
HED42B090n
HED42B100n
HED42B110n
HED42B125n

�

250V DC

�

Catalog Number
HED41B015a
HED41B020a
HED41B025
HED41B030
HED41B035n
HED41B040
HED41B045n
HED41B050n
HED41B060n
HED41B070n
HED41B080n
HED41B090n
HED41B100n
—
—

3-Pole

480V AC	

�

2-Pole
125V DC

�

1-Pole
277V AC	

FIGURE1 - ED, HED, HHED

�

Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
25
030
35
040
45
050
060
070
80
90
100
110
125

Black Label

Fuseless Current Limiting

Continuous
Current
Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125

Red Label

3-Pole

2-Pole

3-Pole

600V AC

600V AC,
250V DC

600V AC,
500V DC b

Catalog Number g

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CED62B015
CED62B020n
—
CED62B030n
—
CED62B040n
—
CED62B050n
CED62B060n
CED62B070n
CED62B080n
CED62B090n
CED62B100n
—
CED62B125n

CED63B015
CED63B020
—
CED63B030
—
CED63B040
—
CED63B050
CED63B060
CED63B070
CED63B080
CED63B090
CED63B100
CED63B110n
CED63B125

HHED63B015A
HHED63B020
HHED63B025
HHED63B030
HHED63B035
HHED63B040
HHED63B045
HHED63B050
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

H


Type CED6f

�

Type HHED6f Black Label

D1

�

�

W2, W3

Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker Type	

W2	

W3	 H	

Figure 1
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4,	 1	
ED6 ETI d	

W1	

D	

D1

2	

3	

6.35	 3.92	 4.56

Figure 1
HHED6	

—	

2	

3	

6.53	 3.92	 4.56

Figure 2
	
CED6, CED6 ETI d

—	

2	

3	

9.58	 3.92	 4.56	

Interrupting Ratings
	
	

UL 489 AIR (File #E10848)		
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)	
Volts AC	
	
	
120	
240	
277	
347	
010	
—	
—	
—	
—	
010	
—	
—	
065	
—	
22	
—	
—	
065	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
30 e	
—	
065	
—	
—	

Breaker	
Type	
ED2 (1-P)	
ED2 (2, 3-P)	
ED4 (1-P)	
ED4 (2, 3-P)	
ED6 (1P)	
ED6 (2, 3-P)	
HED4 (1-P)
(15–30A)	
100	
HED4 (1-P)
(35–100A)	
100	
HED4 (2, 3-P) c		
—	
HHED6 (2, 3-P) c	
CED6 (2, 3-P)	
—	

—	

65	

—	
25	
—	
100			
100	
—	
—	
200	
—	
—	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a SWD

rated.
bWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems.

17/64

—	

	
	
	
480	
—	
—	
—	
18	
—	
25	
—	

	
	
	
	
	
	
600	
125	
—	
05	
—	
—	
—	
30	
—	
—	
—	
—	
18		
—	

30	

—	
—	
30	
42			
0 65	0
18 g	
—	
200	
100	
—	

	
	
Volts DC	
250	
—	
05 (2-P)	
—	
30 (2-P)	
—	
—	

	
	
	
500 b	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
18 (3-P)	

—	

IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
	
220/240		
lcu	
lcs	
lcu	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
65	
17	
35	

380/415		
lcs	
lcu	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
9	
18	

500
lcs
—
—
—
—
—
5

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

—	
—	
30 (2-P)		
—	
—	
50 (2-P)	
50 (3-P)	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—	
—	
—	
—	

—
—
—
—

c HED4

eSingle

dED6-ETI,

and HHED6 type circuit breakers meet the UL
criteria for “current limiting” at 240V AC.
CED6-ETI, see page 17/91 for ordering
information.

f HACR

Product Category: MCCB

Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL.
35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL.
rated.
g HHED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V.
	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessories
Selection

Accessories for:

Shunt Trip Combinations

ED 125A Frame

					
1 Shunt Trip		
	 Control		
1 Shunt Trip and	 1 Auxiliary Switch 	 1 Shunt Trip and	
	 Voltage	
1 Shunt Trip	
1 Auxiliary Switch	 and 1 Alarm Switch	 1 Alarm Switch	

Combinations

Available only when ordered together.
Only one module can be added to a
breaker. Additional accessories, which
always attach to the left pole, cannot be
added to the combination later. Adds 1
inch pole space.

Equipment
Ground Sensing
A field addable kit containing 30mA or
5 mA ground fault accessory module,
current transformer with 24 inch leads,
and current transformer mounting
equipment. Current transformer to
mount in gutter of lighting panel or
any control panel. Accessory module
operates from separate 120V control
power source.
Both 30MA and 5MA devices are
equipment protection devices only.
Do not use for personnel protection.

1 Shunt Trip and 2
Auxiliary Switches

	 AC	 DC	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

	 024		
	 048		
	 120		
	 208		
	 240		
	 277		
	 480		

S17ED60	
S18ED60	
S01ED60	
—	
S03ED60	
S15ED60s	
S04ED60	

—	
—	
S01ED62A	
S02ED62As	
S03ED62A	
S15ED64As	
S04ED64As	

—	
—	
S01ED62AB	
S02ED62ABs	
S03ED62AB	
S15ED64ABs	
S04ED64ABs	

—	
—	
S01ED62B	
S02ED62Bs	
S03ED62Bs	
S15ED64Bs	
S04ED64Bs	

—
—
S01ED62AA
S02ED62AAs
S03ED62AAs
—
—

		
		
		
		
		

S16ED60s	
S07ED60	
S09ED60s	
S11ED60s	
S13ED60s	

S16ED62As	
S07ED62A	
S09ED62As	
S11ED62As	
S13ED62As	

—	
S07ED62ABs	
S09ED62ABs	
S11ED62ABs	
S13ED62ABs	

—	
S07ED62Bs	
S09ED62Bs	
S11ED62Bs	
S13ED62Bs	

—
S07ED62AAs
S09ED62AAs
S11ED62AAs
S13ED62AAs

012	
024	
048	
125	
250	

Undervoltage Trip Combinations
					
				
1 Undervoltage	
	 Control	
1 Undervoltage	
Trip and	
	 Voltage	
Trip	
1 Auxiliary Switch	

1 Undervoltage Trip		
and 1 Auxiliary	
1 Undervoltage	
Switch and	
Trip and	
1 Alarm Switch	
1 Alarm Switch	

1 Undervoltage
Trip and 2
Auxiliary Switches

	 AC	 DC	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

	 120		
	 208		
	 240		
	 277		
	 480		
	 600		

U01ED60	
U02ED60s	
U03ED60	
U16ED60s	
U06ED60s	
U08ED60s	

U01ED62A	
U02ED62As	
U03ED62As	
U16ED64As	
U06ED64As	
—	

U01ED62ABs	
U02ED62ABs	
U03ED62ABs	
U16ED64ABs	
U06ED64ABs	
—	

U01ED62Bs	
U02ED62Bs	
U03ED62Bs	
U16ED64Bs	
U06ED64Bs	
—	

U01ED62AAs
U02ED62AAs
U03ED62AAs
—
—
—

		
		
		
		

U13ED60	
U14ED60s	
U10ED60s	
U12ED60s	

U13ED62As	
U14ED62As	
U10ED62As	
U12ED62As	

U13ED62ABs	
U14ED62ABs	
U10ED62ABs	
—	

U13ED62Bs	
U14ED62Bs	
U10ED62Bs	
—	

U13ED62AAs
U14ED62AAs
U10ED62AAs
U12ED62AAs

024	
048	
125	
250	

Auxiliary Switch Combinations
	 Maximum		
	 Voltage	
1 Auxiliary Switch	
	 AC	

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

	 240	 250	

A01ED62	

A01ED62B	

A02ED62	

A02ED62B

	 480		

A01ED64	

A01ED64B	

—	

—

	 Maximum
	 Voltage	

1 Auxiliary Switch

	 AC	

DC	

1 Alarm Switch and		
1 Auxiliary Switch	
2 Auxiliary Switches	

DC	

		

12	

Catalog Number	

A01EDLV	

Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use

Alarm Switch Only
	 Maximum		
	 Voltage	
1 Alarm Switch	
	 AC	

DC	

Catalog Number	

	 240	 250	

B00ED62	

	 480		

B00ED64	

Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only
	For Use With	
	Breaker Frame	

Number of 		
Poles	
Description	

		

		
	CED6, ED2, ED4
	ED6, EFC, EFF,
1, 2, 3	
	
			
HED4,
HHED6
				

Basic Kit	
Basic Kit with Normally	
Open Bell Alarm	
Basic Kit with Normally	
Closed Bell Alarm	

Catalog Number		
30mA	
5mA

GF01ED60	
GF01ED65
	
GF01ED60B0	
GF01ED65B0s
		
	
GF01ED60BC	
GF01ED65BCs

	

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/65

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessories
Selection

Blue Label

Type FXD6-A ag

Ordering Information

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

2-Pole

3-Pole

Catalog Number
FXD62B070n
FXD62B080n
FXD62B090n
FXD62B100
FXD62B110n
FXD62B125
FXD62B150
FXD62B175
FXD62B200
FXD62B225
FXD62B250

Catalog Number
FXD63B070
FXD63B080
FXD63B090
FXD63B100
FXD63B110
FXD63B125
FXD63B150
FXD63B175
FXD63B200
FXD63B225
FXD63B250

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6
breakers includes frame, trip and
both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip, and lugs separately
packaged. For applications requiring
different lugs, order individual items
as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6,
and CFD6 includes frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix
“L” to catalog number (add 2 times
list price of lugs for each pole).
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400 Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Blue Label

Type FD6-Ag
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

FD62F250

FD62T070n
FD62T080n
FD62T090n
FD62T100n
FD62T110n
FD62T125n
FD62T150
FD62T175n
FD62T200
FD62T225n
FD62T250n

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

3-Pole 600V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

DC b

FD62B070n
FD62B080n
FD62B090n
FD62B100n
FD62B110n
FD62B125n
FD62B150
FD62B175n
FD62B200
FD62B225n
FD62B250n
AC, 500V DC c
FD63B070n
FD63B080n
FD63B090n
FD63B100
FD63B110n
FD63B125
FD63B150
FD63B175
FD63B200
FD63B225
FD63B250

Lugs For 75°C Wire e
Catalog	
Number	

	
#6—350 kcmil Cu	
TA1FD350A
	
#4—350 kcmil Al
TC1FD350	
#6—350 kcmil Cu	
Compression Lug

FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250

FD63F250

CCF250	

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)			
Volts AC (50/60Hz)		
Volts DC		
240	
480	
600	
250	
500 c	
Breaker	
Type						
FXD6-A, FD6-A	
65	
35	
22	
30 (2-P)	 18 (3-P)	
HFXD6 f, HFD6 f	
100	
65	
25	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)	
HHFD6 f, HHFXD6 f	
200	
100	
25	
—	
—	
CFD6	
200	
200	
100	
30 (2-P)	 50 (3-P)	

	

IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
220/240	 380/415	
lcu	 lcs	 lcu	 lcs	
65	 33	 35	 9	
100	 50	 65	 33	
—	 —	 —	
—	
—	 —	 —	
—	

500
lcu	
—	
—	
—	
—	

lcs
—
—
—
—

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
	

Nominal Instantaneous Values
	
+20%							
Breaker Ampere	 Tolerance							
Rating	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
170-90	
100-110	
125-150	
175-200	
225-250	

600	
700	
800	
900	
1100	

640	
770	
900	
1060	
1300	

690	
840	
1000	
1210	
1500	

730	
920	
1100	
1370	
1700	

770	
990	
1200	
1520	
1900	

810	
1060	
1300	
1780	
2100	

850	
1140	
1400	
1930	
2300	

Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.

17/66

Product Category: MCCB

350 kcmil Cu/Al	

Enclosures

Interrupting Ratings
	
	

Wire
Range

	
Type	

Catalog
Number

1	
3R	
4-4X	
7-9	
12	
Neutral d	

F6N1S(F)	
F6N3R	
FD6SS4	
EC2	
F6N12	
N250	

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/68 and 17/108 to 17/113
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

+20%
Tolerance
High
900
1200
1500
2000
2500

a Type

FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
fed applications.
units are 3-pole width.
c When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
d Order neutral as separate item.
e See Note: A, page 17/101.
f HFD6 and HHFD6 type circuit breakers meet the
UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.
g HACR rated.
b 2-pole

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FD 250A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
�

Black Label

Type HFD6, Type HFXD6 bcdef
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

�

D1

�

�

Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

3-Pole 600V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

HFD63B070n
HFD63B080n
HFD63B090n
HFD63B100
HFD63B110n
HFD63B125
HFD63B150
HFD63B175
HFD63B200
HFD63B225
HFD63B250

FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250

HFD63F250

Type HHFD, HHFXD6 bcdf
HHFD63B070n
HHFD63B080n
HHFD63B090n
HHFD63B100
HHFD63B110n
HHFD63B125
HHFD63B150
HHFD63B175
HHFD63B200
HHFD63B225
HHFD63B250

FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250

HHFD63F250

Type CFD6-Acf
Fuseless Current Limiting

W

�

�

�

Figure 1

W

�

Figure 2

Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker				
Type	
W	
L	
D	
				
Figure 1
FXD6-A, FD6-A,
HFD6, HFXD6,	
HHFD6, FD6-ETI e
Figure 2
CFD6,	
CFD6-ETI e

D1
(to 	
handle)

4.50	 09.50	

4	

5.25

4.50	 14.25	

4	

5.25

Shipping Weights

3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

L

�

HFD62F250

L

D

FD62T070n
FD62T080n
FD62T090n
FD62T100n
FD62T110n
FD62T125n
FD62T150n
FD62T175n
FD62T200n
FD62T225n
FD62T250n

�

HFD62B070n
HFD62B080n
HFD62B090n
HFD62B100n
HFD62B110n
HFD62B125n
HFD62B150n
HFD62B175n
HFD62B200n
HFD62B225n
HFD62B250n
AC, 500V DC a

D

70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250

Red Label

Number of	
Number per	
Shipping
Poles	
Carton	
Weight (lbs.)
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A
Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors)
2	
1	
08.6
3	
1	
10
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only
2	
1	
07.5
3	
1	
08.7
FD6 Trip Unit Only
2	
1	
01.1
3	
1	
01.3
CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals)
3	
1	
16

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems.
b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
CFD63B070n
CFD63B080n
CFD63B090n
CFD63B100n
CFD63B110n
CFD63B125n
CFD63B150
CFD63B175
CFD63B200
CFD63B225
CFD63B250
breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6.
Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price
of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of
FD63T250. Order lugs separately.
c Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse
feed applications.

Product Category: MCCB

d Type

HFXD6, HFD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 meet the UL
criteria for “Current Limiting” at 240 VAC and 480V AC.
ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 17/91 for
ordering information.
f HACR rated.
e FXD6,

17/67

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
Selection

Accessories:

for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

AC
024
120
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S17FD60
S01FD60
S03FD60
S15FD60s
S04FD60
S06FD60s
S16FD60s
S07FD60
S09FD60s
S11FD60
S13FD60s

Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
120
208
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

024
048
125
250

U01FD60
U02FD60s
U03FD60
U16FD60s
U06FD60s
U08FD60s
U13FD60
U14FD60s
U10FD60s
U12FD60s

W01FD64
W02FD64s
W03FD64s
W16FD64s
W06FD64s
—
W13FD64
W14FD64s
W10FD64s
W12FD64s

Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Voltage
AC

DC

240
480
12

1 Auxiliary Switch

2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

A01FD62
A01FD64
A01FDLV

A02FD62
A02FD64
Gold Plated Contacts for PLC use

Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

B00FD64

C01FD64

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Auxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum.
Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new
Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories
cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers.

17/68

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JD 400A Frame Sentron Series
Selection

Type JXD2-Ae

Ordering Information

Blue Label

240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6
breakers include frame, trip and
both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip, and lugs separately
packaged. For applications
requiring different lugs, order
individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,
and CJD6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers
are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “H” to catalog
number, and 10% to list price.n
100% rated JD breakers require the
use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
200
225
250
300
350
400

2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
Catalog Number
JXD22B200n
JXD22B225n
JXD22B250n
JXD22B300
JXD22B350n
JXD22B400

3-Pole
Catalog Number
JXD23B200
JXD23B225
JXD23B250
JXD23B300
JXD23B350
JXD23B400

Type JXD6-A ae
Blue Label

600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC b

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
JXD63B200
JXD63B225
JXD63B250
JXD63B300
JXD63B350
JXD63B400

JXD62B200n
JXD62B225n
JXD62B250n
JXD62B300
JXD62B350n
JXD62B400

200
225
250
300
350
400

Blue Label

Type JD6-Ae
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Catalog Number

Frame Only
Catalog Number

Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
200
225
250
300
350
400

3-Pole 600V AC,
200
225
250
300
350
400

JD62B200n
JD62B225n
JD62B250n
JD62B300n
JD62B350n
JD62B400
500V DC b

JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400

JD62F400

JD63B200
JD63B225
JD63B250
JD63B300
JD63B350
JD63B400

JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400

JD63F400

Lugs For 75°C Wire c

Interrupting Ratings
	
	
	
Breaker	
Type	
JXD2-A	
JXD6-A, JD6-A	
HJD6-A, HJXD6-A	
HHJD6, HHJXD6 d	
CJD6-A	

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)				
IEC 947-2
Volts AC 			
Volts DC		
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)					
220/240	 380/415	
240	
480	
600	
250	
500 b	
lcu	 lcs	 lcu	 lcs	
065	
—	
—	
30 (2-P)	 —	
—	 —	 —	 —	
065	
035	
025	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)	 065	 033	 040	 20	
100	
065	
035	
30 (2-P)	 35 (3-P)	 100	 050	 065	 33	
200	
100	
050	
—	
—	
—	 —	 —	 —	
200	
150	
100	
30 (2-P)	 50 (3-P)	 —	 —	 —	 —	

500
lcu	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	

lcs
—
—
—
—
—

	
Cables		
Catalog	
per	
Wire
Number	
Lug	
Range
TA2J6500	
1, 2	
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu	
	
2	
#4/0-500 kcmil Al
TA1L6750	
1	
500-750 kcmil Al	
	
1	
500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600	
1	
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu	
TC2J6500	
1, 2	
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu	
Compression Lug
CCL600	
1	
500 kcmil Cu/Al	

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
	
	
Breaker Ampere	
	 Rating	

Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%							
Tolerance							
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	

200-300	
350-400	

1250	
2000	

1430	
2290	

1610	
2570	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Type

JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse feed applications.

b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

1790	
2860	

1960	
3140	

2140	
3430	

+20%
Tolerance
High

2320	
3710	

2500	
4000

Note: A, page 17/101
type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for
“current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.
e HACR rated.
Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B
“NAVAL.” See page 17/104 for additional information.
c See

d HHJD6

Product Category: MCCB

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/72 and 17/108 to 17/113

17/69

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JD 400A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

�

Black Label

Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-A bdf
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

�

�

D1
�

Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

L
JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC
200
225
250
300
350
400

HJD63B200
HJD63B225
HJD63B250
HJD63B300
HJD63B350
HJD63B400

JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400

HJD63F400

Black Label

Type HHJD6, HHJXD6 bdf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)
200
225
250
300
350
400

HHJD62B200n
HHJD62B225n
HHJD62B250n
HHJD62B300n
HHJD62B350n
HHJD62B400n

JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400

HHJD62F400n

3-Pole 600VAC
200
225
250
300
350
400

HHJD63B200
HHJD63B225
HHJD63B250
HHJD63B300
HHJD63B350
HHJD63B400

JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400

HHJD63F400

�

W

�

W

�

�

Figure 1

�

Figure 2

Dimensions (in inches)
				
To
Breaker				
Handle
Type 	
W	 L	
D	 D1
Figure 1
JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A
HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6,	 7.5	 11	
HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,
JXD6-ETI,c SJD6, SHJD6

4	

5.44

Figure 2
CJD6, CJD6-ETI,c SCJD6	

4	

5.44

7.5	 17.86	

Enclosures (Except SCJD6)
	
Type	

Catalog Number

1	
3R	
12	
4X	
7, 9 (200-250A)	
7, 9 (300-400A)	

J6N1	
J6N3R	
J6N12	
LD6SS4	
EC4	
EE	

Neutral	

W60992	

Shipping Weights

Type CJD6-A ef

Fuseless Current Limiting

Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
200
225
250
300
350
400

L

D

HJD62F400n

�

HJD62B200n
HJD62B225n
HJD62B250n
HJD62B300n
HJD62B350n
HJD62B400n
abe

D

200
225
250
300
350
400

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

CJD63B200n
CJD63B225n
CJD63B250n
CJD63B300n
CJD63B350n
CJD63B400

Number of	
Number per	
Shipping
Poles	
Carton	
Weight (lbs.)
JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2	
1	
17.5
3	
1	
19.5
JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only
2	
1	
14
3	
1	
15.5
JD6 Trip Unit Only
2	
1	
03.5
3	
1	
04
CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker
(less terminals)
3	
1	
31.5

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.


2-pole units available in 3-pole construction.
a When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.


17/70

b For

non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type
circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6
or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of
trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of
HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs
separately.

Product Category: MCCB

c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.
d Type

HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for
reverse fed applications.
applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only.
f HACR rated.
e CE

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection
Current Limiting

Type SJD6-A

Type SHJD6-A

Type SCJD6-A

Blue Label

Black Label

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SJD69200n
SJD69300n
SJD69400n
SJD69200Gn
SJD69300Gn
SJD69400Gn
SJD69200NTn
SJD69300NTn
SJD69400NTn
SJD69200NGTn
SJD69300NGTn
SJD69400NGTn

Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400

Catalog
Number
SHJD69200n
SHJD69300n
SHJD69400n
SHJD69200Gn
SHJD69300Gn
SHJD69400Gn
SHJD69200NTn
SHJD69300NTn
SHJD69400NTn
SHJD69200NGTn
SHJD69300NGTn
SHJD69400NGTn

Catalog
Number
SCJD69200n
SCJD69300n
SCJD69400n
SCJD69200Gn
SCJD69300Gn
SCJD69400Gn
SCJD69200NTn
SCJD69300NTn
SCJD69400NTn
SCJD69200NGTn
SCJD69300NGTn
SCJD69400NGTn

Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400

SJD 400A Frame – 100% Rated b
Type SJD6-A
Type SHJD6-A
Blue Label
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400

Catalog
Number
SHJD69200Hn
SHJD69300Hn
SHJD69400Hn
SHJD69200GHn
SHJD69300GHn
SHJD69400GHn
SHJD69200NTHn
SHJD69300NTHn
SHJD69400NTHn
SHJD69200NGTHn
SHJD69300NGTHn
SHJD69400NGTHn

Shipping Weights
	Breaker	
	Type	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight (lbs)

	SJD6-A	
	SHJD6-A	
	SCJD6-A	

1	
1	
1	

20
20
33	

		
No of		
		
Cables		
	Catalog	
per Con-	 Wire
	Number	
nector	
Range
	 TA2J6500	 2	
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu	
		
2	
#4/0-500 kcmil Al	
	 TA1L6750	 1 	
500–750 kcmil Al	
		
1	
500–600 kcmil Cu	
	TC1J6600	 1 	
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu	
	TC2J6500	 2 	
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu	
	TA2J630	
2	
#4–#3/0-Cu/Al	
	Compression Lug
	CCL600	
(1 pc.)	
#1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al	

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog
Number
SJD69200Hn
SJD69300Hn
SJD69400Hn
SJD69200GHn
SJD69300GHn
SJD69400GHn
SJD69200NTHn
SJD69300NTHn
SJD69400NTHn
SJD69200NGTHn
SJD69300NGTHn
SJD69400NGTHn

SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for
reverse connection application.
SHJD6 are not acceptable for
reverse connection application.

Lugs for 75° C Wire a

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series SJD frames is for
complete breaker only – price
required lugs as separate items –
lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.

3-Pole, 600V AC

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400

Ordering Information

Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400

Neutral Transformers

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
								
	 Suffix		
Cont	
Long	
Instan-	 Short	
Short	
	 Letter	 Trip	
Current	 Time	
taneous	 Time	
Time	
	 Code	
Type	
Setting	 Delay	
Setting	 Pick Up	 Delay	

Short		
Time	
Ground	 Ground
Fault	
Fault
l2t	
Pick Up	 Pick Up	 Delay

	 None	

LI	

u	

u	

	 G	

LIG	

u	

u	

u				

	 NT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	 NGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

	
	

Ampere	
Rating	

Catalog Number

	
	
	

200	
300	
400	

N02SJD	
N03SJD		
N04SJD

u
u	

u

u	

u

Interrupting Ratings
	

Breaker	
Type	

RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

	

240V AC	

480V AC	

600V AC

	
	
	

SJD6-A	
SHJD6-A	
SCJD6-A	

065	
100	
200	

035	
065	
150	

025
035
100

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
to the NEC for proper application of 100%
rated devices.

a For

bR
 efer

Product Category: MCCB

Accessories pages 17-72
and17/108 to 17/113

17/71

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
Selections

Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
024
048
120
240
277
480

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s

—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Sensitrip Ammeter

Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches

AC
120
208
240
480

Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s

Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As

Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs

DC

024
048
125
250

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.

Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

17/72

Maximum
Voltage

1 Form C

2 Form C

AC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

480
—

250
12

A01JLD64
A01JLDLV

A02JLD64
A02JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CatalogNumber

B01JLD64

A01JLD64B

A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type

Description

SJD, SLD

Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit

Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LD 600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection

Blue Label

Type LXD6-A ad

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
450
500
600

2-Pole (3-Pole Width)	

3-Pole

600V AC	

600V AC	

250V DC

500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LXD62B450n
LXD62B500n
LXD62B600

LXD63B450
LXD63B500
LXD63B600

Blue Label

Type LD6-Ad
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Catalog Number

Frame Only
Catalog Number

Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

3-Pole 600V AC,
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

LD62B250n
LD62B300n
LD62B350n
LD62B400
LD62B450n
LD62B500n
LD62B600
500V DC b
LD63B250
LD63B300
LD63B350
LD63B400
LD63B450
LD63B500
LD63B600

LD62F600

JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
LD62T450n
LD62T500n
LD62T600

LD63F600

JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
LD63T450
LD63T500
LD63T600

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)				
IEC 947-2
	
Volts
AC
(50/60Hz)		
Volts
DC		
Volts
AC (50/60Hz)
Breaker
Type	
240	
480	
600	
250	
500 c	
220/240	 380/415	
						
(lcu)	 (lcs)	 (lcu)	 (lcs)	
LD6-A, LXD6-A	
065	
035	
025	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)	 065	 033	 040	 20	
HLD6-A, HLXD6-A	
100	
065	
035	
30 (2-P)	 35 (3-P)	 100	 050	 065	 33	
HHLD6, HHLXD6	
200	
100	
050	
—	
—	
—	 —	 —	 —	
CLD6-A	
200	
150	
100	
—	
50 (3-P)	 —	 —	 —	 —	

Shipping Weights

	

	

500
(lcu)	 (lcs)
—	 —
—	 —
—	 —
—	 —

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%							
Tolerance							
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
1250	
1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	
2140	
2320	
2000	
2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	
3430	
3710	
3000	
3430	
3800	
4290	 4710	
5140	
5570	

+20%
Tolerance
High
2500	
4000	
6000

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
fed applications.
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
c See Note: A, page 17/101.
d HACR rated.
Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.

a Type

b When


Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/76 and 17/108 to 17/113

Product Category: MCCB

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6
breakers include frame, trip, and
both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip and lugs separately
packaged. For applications requiring
different lugs, order individual items
as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6,
and CLD6 include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed
only. Order required lugs separately.
For line and load lugs (TA2J6500)
installed, add suffix “L” to catalog
number (add 2 times list price of
lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers
are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “H” to catalog
number, and 10% to list price. 100%
rated LD breakers require the use of
90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Interrupting Ratings

	
	
Breaker Ampere	
Rating	
250-300	
350-450	
500-600	

Ordering Information

Number of	
Number per	
Shipping
Poles	
Carton	
Weight (lbs.)
LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2	
1	
17.5
3	
1	
19.5
LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only
2	
1	
14
3	
1	
15.5
LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only
2	
1	
03.5
3	
1	
04
CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker
(less terminals)
3	

1	

31.5

Lugs For 75°C Wire c
	
Cables		
Catalog	
per	
Wire
Number	
Lug	
Range
TA2J6500	
1, 2	
#3/0 500 kcmil Cu	
	
2	
#4/0 500 kcmil Al
TC2J6500	
2	
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu	
TA1L6750	
1	
500-750 kcmil Al	
	
1	
500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600	
1	
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu	
Compression Lug
CCL600	
1	
500 kcmil Cu/Al	

17/73

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LD 600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Black Label

Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-Abcf
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

�

� D1
�

3-Pole 600V AC,
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

HLD62B250n
HLD62B300n
HLD62B350n
HLD62B400n
HLD62B450n
HLD62B500n
HLD62B600n
500V DC ae

HLD62F600n

HLD63B250
HLD63B300
HLD63B350
HLD63B400
HLD63B450
HLD63B500
HLD63B600

JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
LD63T450
LD63T500
LD63T600

HLD63F600

Black Label

Type HHLD6, HHLXD6bcf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

HHLD62B250n
HHLD62B300n
HHLD62B350n
HHLD62B400n
HHLD62B450n
HHLD62B500n
HHLD62B600n

JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
HHLD62T450n
HHLD62T500n
HHLD62T600n

HHLD62F600n

3-Pole 600V AC
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

HHLD63B250
HHLD63B300
HHLD63B350
HHLD63B400
HHLD63B450n
HHLD63B500n
HHLD63B600n

L

JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
LD62T450n
LD62T500n
LD62T600

JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
HHLD63T450n
HHLD63T500n
HHLD63T600n

HHLD63F600

L

�

250
300
350
400
450
500
600

�

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

W

�

�
�

Figure 1

D

�

�

W

�
�

�

D

Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Figure 2

Dimensions (in inches)
				
				
Breaker
Type	
W	 L	 D	
Figure 1
LXD6-A, LD6-A
HLD6-A	
HHLD6, HHLXD6,
LXD6–ETI,d SLD6, SHLD6
Figure 2
CLD6, 	
CLD6-ETI,d SCLD6

7.5	 11	

To
Handle
D1

4	

5.44

7.5	 17.86	 4	

5.44

Enclosures: (except SCLD6)
	
Type	

Catalog Number

1	
3R	
12	
4X	
7,9	

LD6N1	
LD6N3R	
LD6N12	
LD6SS4	
ED6	

Neutral	

W60993	

Type CLD6-Acf

Fuseless Current Limiting

Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
450
500
600

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

CLD63B450n
CLD63B500
CLD63B600

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.

17/74

b For

complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type
circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or
HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and
trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of
HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the
terminal connectors separately.

Product Category: MCCB

cType

HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL
Listed for reverse feed applications.

d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.
e CE

Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only.
rated.

f HACR

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection

Type SLD6-A

Current Limiting

Type SHLD6-A

Blue Label

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600

Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series SLD frames is for
complete breaker only – price
required lugs as separate items –
lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog
Number
SLD69300n
SLD69400n
SLD69500n
SLD69600n
SLD69300Gn
SLD69400Gn
SLD69500Gn
SLD69600Gn
SLD69300NTn
SLD69400NTn
SLD69500NTn
SLD69600NTn
SLD69300NGTn
SLD69400NGTn
SLD69500NGTn
SLD69600NGTn

Ordering Information

Type SCLD6-A
3-Pole, 600V AC

Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600

Catalog
Number
SHLD69300n
SHLD69400n
SHLD69500n
SHLD69600n
SHLD69300Gn
SHLD69400Gn
SHLD69500Gn
SHLD69600Gn
SHLD69300NTn
SHLD69400NTn
SHLD69500NTn
SHLD69600NTn
SHLD69300NGTn
SHLD69400NGTn
SHLD69500NGTn
SHLD69600NGTn

Catalog
Number
SCLD69300n
SCLD69400n
SCLD69500n
SCLD69600n
SCLD69300Gn
SCLD69400Gn
SCLD69500Gn
SCLD69600Gn
SCLD69300NTn
SCLD69400NTn
SCLD69500NTn
SCLD69600NTn
SCLD69300NGTn
SCLD69400NGTn
SCLD69500NGTn
SCLD69600NGTn

Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
								
	 Suffix		
Cont	
Long	
Instan-	 Short	
Short	
	 Letter	 Trip	
Current	 Time	
taneous	 Time	
Time	
	 Code	
Type	
Setting	 Delay	
Setting	 Pick Up	 Delay	

Short		
Time	
Ground	 Ground
Fault	
Fault
l2t	
Pick Up	 Pick Up	 Delay

	 None	

LI	

u	

u	

	 G	

LIG	

u	

u	

u				

	 NT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	 NGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for
reverse connection application.
SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse
connection application.

Shipping Weights
	Breaker	
	Type	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight (lbs)

	SLD6-A	
	SHLD6-A	
	SCLD6-A	

1	
1	
1	

20
20
33	

Neutral Transformers
	 Ampere	
	 Rating	

Catalog Number

	
	
	
	

N03SJD
N04SJD
N05SLD
N06SLD

300	
400	
500	
600	

u
u	

u

u	

u

Interrupting Ratings
	

Breaker	
Type	

RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

	

240V AC	

480V AC	

600V AC

	
	
	

SLD6-A	
SHLD6-A	
SCLD6-A	

065	
100	
200	

035	
065	
150	

025
035
100

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

For ordering information and terminal connectors see
page 17/73; for enclosures, see page 17/74.

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame.

Product Category: MCCB

17/75

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
Selection

Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
024
048
120
240
277
480

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s

—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Sensitrip Ammeter

Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches

AC
120
208
240
480

Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s

Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As

Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs

DC

024
048
125
250

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.

Maximum
Voltage

1 Form C

2 Form C

AC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

480
—

250
12

A01JLD64
A01JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CatalogNumber

B01JLD64

Breaker Type

Description

The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.

SJD, SLD

Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit

17/76

A01JLD64B

A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Ammeter Mounting Kit

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

A02JLD64
A02JLDLV

Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Blue Label

Type LMXD6 ad

Ordering Information

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
Catalog Number

3-Pole
Catalog Number

—
LMXD62B600n
LMXD62B700n
LMXD62B800

500
600
700
800

LMXD63B500n
LMXD63B600
LMXD63B700
LMXD63B800

Blue Label

Type LMD6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
500
600
700
800

LMD62B500n
LMD62B600n
LMD62B700n
LMD62B800n

LMD62T500n
LMD62T600n
LMD62T700n
LMD62T800n

LMD62F800n

LMD63B500n
LMD63B600n
LMD63B700n
LMD63B800

Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6
include frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
50°C Applications see page 17/104.

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b
500
600
700
800

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers
include frame, trip, and both line
and load lugs (TA3K500). These
catalog numbers include the frame,
trip and lugs separately packaged.
For applications requiring different
lugs, order individual items as
needed.

LMD63T500n
LMD63T600n
LMD63T700n
LMD63T800

LMD63F800

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Shipping Weights
Number of	
Poles	

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
	
Ampere Rating	
	
500-600	
700-800	

Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low +/- 20%	 2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
Tolerance							
3000	
3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	
5140	
5570	
3200	
3500	
3700	
4200	 4700	
6400	
7300	

Number per	
Carton	

Shipping
Weight (lbs.)

LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6
Complete Breaker (less terminals)
High +/- 20%
Tolerance
6000	
8000	

2	
3	

1	
1	

53
61.5

LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only
2	
3	

1	
1	

42.25
46

LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only
2	
3	

1	
1	

4.5
6.5

Lugsc for 75°C Wire
	
	
Catalog	
Number	
TA2K500	
TA3K500	
TA2N750	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a LMXD6

circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connected applications.
bWhen wired as shown on page 17-5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded
UPS systems only.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

c See

Cables		
per	
Wire
Lug	
Range
1, 2	
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al
1-3	
#1/0-500 kcmil Cu / Al
1, 2	
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al

Note: A, page 17/101.

d HACR rated.

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113

Product Category: MCCB

17/77

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Black Label

Type HLMXD6 ad

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
500
600
700
800

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

HLMXD63B500n
HLMXD63B600n
HLMXD63B700n
HLMXD63B800

Black Label

Type HLMD6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
500
600
700
800

HLMD62B500n
HLMD62B600n
HLMD62B700n
HLMD62B800n

HLMD62F800n

LMD62T500n
LMD62T600n
LMD62T700n
LMD62T800n

HLMD63F800

LMD63T500 n
LMD63T600 n
LMD63T700 n
LMD63T800

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
500
600
700
800

HLMD63B500
HLMD63B600
HLMD63B700
HLMD63B800

Interrupting Ratings
	
	
Breaker	
Type	
LMD6, LMXD6	
HLMD6, HLMXD6	

UL 489A IR			
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)	
Volts AC			
Volts DC	
240	
480	
600	
250	
500 d
65	
50	
25	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)
100	
065	
050	
30 (2-P)	 50 (3-P)

Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker
Type	
LMD6,
LMXD6,
HLMD6,	
HLMXD6
LMXD6-ETI b

W	

L	

D	

D1

7.5	

16	

4.5	

5.93

Enclosures
	
Type	

Catalog Number

1	
3R	
12	

LMD1
LMD3R
LMD12n

Neutral	

W63623

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HLMXD6

circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connection applications.

b LMXD6-ETI, see page 17/91 for catalog information.

17/78

c When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
d HACR rated.

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
Selection

Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
024
048
120
240
277
480

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s

—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Sensitrip Ammeter

Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches

AC
120
208
240
480

Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s

Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As

Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs

DC

024
048
125
250

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.

Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Maximum
Voltage

1 Form C

2 Form C

AC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

480
—

250
12

A01JLD64
A01JLDLV

A02JLD64
A02JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CatalogNumber

B01JLD64

A01JLD64B

A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type

Description

SJD, SLD

Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit

Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Product Category: MCCB

17/79

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection

Blue Label

Type MXD6 af

Ordering Information

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800

2-Poleb

3-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

MXD62B600n
MXD62B700n
MXD62B800n

MXD63B600
MXD63B700
MXD63B800

Blue Label

Type MD6 f
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs
Catalog Number
b

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

MD62F800n

MD62T500n
MD62T600n
MD62T700n
MD62T800n

MD63F800

MD63T500
MD63T600
MD63T700
MD63T800

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC
500
600
700
800

MD62B500n
MD62B600n
MD62B700n
MD62B800n
c

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC
500
600
700
800

MD63B500
MD63B600
MD63B700
MD63B800

Lugs d
Catalog	
Number	

Cables	
Per Lug	

Lugs	
Per Kit	

Wire	
Range	

TA2K500	
TA3K500	
TC2K500	
TC3K350	

1-2	
1-3	
1-2	
1-3	

1	
1	
1	
1	

#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al	
1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al	
#1-500 kcmil Cu	
#1-350 kcmil Cu	

2TA2N8750 	
3TA2N8750	

	
1-2	

2			
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al	
3	

2TA3N8750	
3TA3N8750	

	
1-3	

2			
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al	
3	

2TA4N8500	
3TA4N8500 	

	
1-4	

2			
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al	
3	

2TA4P8500		
1-4	
3TA4P8500	

2			
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al	
3	

50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Kits

Shipping Weights
Number of	
Number per	
Poles	
Carton	
MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6
Complete Breaker Assembled
(less lugs)
1	
2	
3	
1	
2	
3	

Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low +/- 20%	 2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
Tolerance							
3000	
3430	
3860	
4280	
4710	 5140	 5570	
4000	
4570	
5140	
5710	
6280	 6850	 7420	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a MXD6

circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
cWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems.

17/80

Shipping
Weight (lbs.)

53
61.5

MD6, HMD6 Frame Only

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Ampere 	
Rating	
	
500	
600–800	

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Pricing information for MD6 and
HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip,
and both line and load lugs
(TA3K500). When ordered by these
catalog numbers, the customer will
receive the frame, trip and lugs
separately packaged. For
applications requiring different lugs,
order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and
CMD6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip units
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
100% Ratede
Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6
breakers are available with 100%
ratings. To order add suffix “H” to
catalog number, and 10% to list
price. 100% rated MD breakers
require the use of 90°C Cu cable
sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs
3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750.

1	
1	

42.25
46

MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only
High +/- 20%
Tolerance
6000
8000	

Note: A, page 17/101.
rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
marked in the 100% rated version.
f HACR rated.
Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.

2	
3	

1	
1	

4.5
6.5

Enclosures
	
Type	

Catalog Number

1	
3R	
12	

MND61	
MND63	
MND612n	

Neutral	

W63623	

d See

e 80%

Product Category: MCCB

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Black Label

Type HMXD6 ae

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number
HMXD63B600n
HMXD63B700n
HMXD63B800

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

Black Label

Type HMD6 e
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

HMD62F800n

MD62T500n
MD62T600n
MD62T700n
MD62T800n

HMD63F800

MD63T500
MD63T600
MD63T700
MD63T800

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b

3-Pole 600V AC,

HMD62B500n
HMD62B600n
HMD62B700n
HMD62B800n
500V DC d

500
600
700
800

HMD63B500
HMD63B600
HMD63B700
HMD63B800

500
600
700
800

Type CMD6 ae

Fuseless Current Limiting

Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Lug
When wire lug shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs
are used. The kits include the NDTS shield.

CMD63B600n
CMD63B700n
CMD63B800

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

Dimensions (in inches)

Interrupting Ratings
	
	

UL 489 AIR—File E10848					
IEC 947-2 AIR
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)		
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
Volts AC			
Volts DC		
220/240	 380/415	 500

Breaker	
Type	
MD6, MXD6	

240	
065	

480	
050	

600	
25	

(lcu)	 (lcs)	 (lcu)	 (lcs)	 (lcu)	 (lcs
250	
500 d	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)	 065	 033	 040	 20	 —	 —

HMD6, HMXD6	
CMD6	

100	
200	

065	
100	

50	
65	

30 (2-P)	 50 (3-P)	 100	 050	 065	 33	
—	
50 (3-P)	 —	
—	 —	 —	

—	
—	

				
Breaker				
Type	
W	
L	
D	

(To
Handle)
D1

MD6, MXD6, HMD6,	
HMXD6, CMD6,	
MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI,
SMD6, SHMD6, and
SCMD6

9	

16	

6	

8.25

with lug shields	

9	

24	

6	

8.25

—
—

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HMXD6

and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for
reverse connection applications.

b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 17/91 for catalog information.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

d When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
e HACR rated.

17/81

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesc
Selection

Type SMD6

Type SHMD6

Blue Label

Type SMD6

Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

Catalog
Number
SHMD69600An
SHMD69700An
SHMD69800An
SHMD69600AGn
SHMD69700AGn
SHMD69800AGn
SHMD69600ANTn
SHMD69700ANTn
SHMD69800ANTn
SHMD69600ANGTn
SHMD69700ANGTn
SHMD69800ANGTn

Rated a

Current Limiting

Type SCMD6-A

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating

Catalog
Number
SHMD69600AHn
SHMD69700AHn
SHMD69800AHn
SHMD69600AGHn
SHMD69700AGHn
SHMD69800AGHn
SHMD69600ANTHn
SHMD69700ANTHn
SHMD69800ANTHn
SHMD69600ANGTHn
SHMD69700ANGTHn
SHMD69800ANGTHn

Max
Current
Rating

Catalog
Number
SCMD69600AHn
SCMD69700AHn
SCMD69800AHn
SCMD69600AGHn
SCMD69700AGHn
SCMD69800AGHn
SCMD69600ANTHn
SCMD69700ANTHn
SCMD69800ANTHn
SCMD69600ANGTHn
SCMD69700ANGTHn
SCMD69800ANGTHn

600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
	 Suffix		
	 Letter	
Trip	
	 Code	
Type	

Cont	
Current	
Setting	

Long	
Time	
Delay	

Instan-	
taneous	
Setting	

Short	
Time	
Pick Up	

Short	
Time	
Delay	

	 A	

LI	

u	

u	

u

	 AG	

LIG	

u	

u	

u			

	 ANT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	 ANGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

Connector or
Connector Kit

	
	

MD	
MD	

500–600	
700–800	

TA2K500
TA3K500

	

 ypes SMD6 and SHMD6 are acceptable for
T
reverse connection applications.

Shipping Weights
	
	

Breaker	
Type	

Number per	 Shipping
Carton	
Weight (lbs)

	

All types	

1	

61.5	

		
Cables		
	Catalog	
per 	
Wire
	Number	
Lug	
Range
2	
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al
	TA2K500 	
	TA3K500 	
3	
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al
	TC2K500 	
2	
#1-500 kcmil Cu
	TC3K350 	
3	
#1-350 kcmil Cu
	Kits (3 lugs/kit)
4	
250–500 kcmil Cu/Al
	3TA4N8500 	
	3TA4P8500 	
4	
250–500 kcmil Cu/Al
	3TA2N8750 	
2	
500–750 kcmil Cu/Al
	3TA3N8750 	
3	
500–750 kcmil Cu/Al
	Each kit contains the following:	
	3TA4P8500—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
	3TA3N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
	3TA2N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier

Neutral Transformers
	
	

Ampere	
Rating	

Catalog Number

	
	
	

0600	
0700	
0800	

N06SMDA
N07SMDA
N08SMDA

u

Enclosures

u	

u

		
	
Type	

Catalog Number	

	
	
	

1	
3R	
12	

MND61
MND63
MND612

	

Neutral	

W63623

240V AC	

480V AC	

600V AC

	
	
	

SMD6	
SHMD6	
SCMD6	

065	
100	
200	

050	
065	
100	

25
50
65

17/82

Ampere	
Rating	

u	

Breaker	
Type	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

Breaker 	
Frame	

Ground
Fault
Delay

	

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.

	
	

Ground	
Fault	
Pick Up	

Interrupting Ratings
	

Information

Lugs for 75°C Wire b

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating

Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

Catalog
Number
SCMD69600An
SCMD69700An
SCMD69800An
SCMD69600AGn
SCMD69700AGn
SCMD69800AGn
SCMD69600ANTn
SCMD69700ANTn
SCMD69800ANTn
SCMD69600ANGTn
SCMD69700ANGTn
SCMD69800ANGTn

Type SHMD6

Blue Label

SMD69600AHn
SMD69700AHn
SMD69800AHn
SMD69600AGHn
SMD69700AGHn
SMD69800AGHn
SMD69600ANTHn
SMD69700ANTHn
SMD69800ANTHn
SMD69600ANGTHn
SMD69700ANGTHn
SMD69800ANGTHn

Type SCMD6-A

Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series MD frames is for complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or
lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suitable for 75°C wire or as noted.
Connector wire ranges and cavities are
established in conjunction with Table
6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose
actual connector for circuit breakers
based on customer requirements.
Recommended Terminal Connectors

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800

SMD 800A Frame – 100%

Catalog
Number

Ordering

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SMD69600An
SMD69700An
SMD69800An
SMD69600AGn
SMD69700AGn
SMD69800AGn
SMD69600ANTn
SMD69700ANTn
SMD69800ANTn
SMD69600ANGTn
SMD69700ANGTn
SMD69800ANGTn

Current Limiting

RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

aU
 se

2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for
90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized
per 75°C ampacity.
bF
 or additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
cS
 MD6, SHMD6 and SCMD6 circuit breakers are UL 
Listed for reverse connection applications.

Product Category: MCCB

Accessories pages 17/90 and 17/108 to 17/113

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Ordering Information

Blue Label

Type NXD6 ah

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

0900
1000
1200

NXD62B900n
NXD62B100n
NXD62B120n

NXD63B900
NXD63B100
NXD63B120

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers
include frame, trip, and both line and
load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog
numbers are the frame, trip and lugs
separately packaged. For applications
requiring different lugs, order
individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and
CND6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip units
installed only. Order required
terminal connectors separately.
For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500)
installed, add suffix “L” to catalog
number (add 2 times list price of
lug kit).
100% Rated (3-Pole only)g
Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6
breakers are available with 100%
ratings. To order, add suffix “H” to
catalog number, and add 10% to
list price. 100% rated ND breakers
require 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500
or 3TA3N8750.

Blue Label

Type ND6 h
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b
0800
0900
1000
1200

ND62B800n
ND62B900n
ND62B100n
ND62B120

ND62F120

MD62T800n
ND62T900n
ND62T100n
ND62T120

ND63F120

MD63T800
ND63T900
ND63T100
ND63T120

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
0800
0900
1000
1200

ND63B800
ND63B900
ND63B100
ND63B120

Interrupting Ratings
	
	

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 A IR				
Volts AC			
Volts DC		
Breaker	
Type	
240	
480	
600	
250	
500 c	
						
ND6, NXD6	
65	
50	
25	
30 (2-P)	 25 (3-P)	
HND6, HNXD6	
100	
65	
50	
30 (2-P)	 50 (3-P)	
CND6	
200	
100	
65	
—	
50 (3-P)	

50°C Applications see page 17/104.
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
220/240	
380/415	
(lcu)	 (lcs)	 (lcu)	 (lcs)	
65	
33	 40	 20	
100	
50	 65	 33	
—	
—	 —	 —	

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
500
(lcu)	
—	
—	
—	

(lcs)
—
—
—

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
	

Nominal Instantaneous Values

	
Breaker Ampere	
Rating	

+20%							
Tolerance							
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	

+20%
Tolerance
High

800	

4000	

4570	

5140	

5710	

6280	

6850	

7420	

08000	

900-1200	

5000	

5715	

6430	

7145	

7860	

8575	

9290	

10000	

Lugs f
Catalog	
Cables	 Wire
Number	
per Lug	 Range
TA2K500	
2	
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al	
TA3K500	
3	
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al	
TC2K500	
2	
#1-500 kcmil Cu	
TC3K350 	
3	
#1-350 kcmil Cu	
Kits (2 Kits required per breaker)
2TA4P8500 d	
4	
250-500 kcmil Cu / Al	
3TA4P8500 d			
e
2TA4N8500 	
4	
250-500 kcmil Cu / Al	
3TA4N8500 e			
2TA2N8750	
2	
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al	
3TA2N8750			
2TA3N8750 	
3	
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al	
3TA3N8750			

Enclosures
	
Type	
1	
3R	
12	
Neutral	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a NXD6

circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse
connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
d Use 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500
kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated
breakers.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for
2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable.
Note: A, page 17/101.
g 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
marked in the 100% rated version.
h HACR rated.
Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.

Catalog Number
MND61	
MND63	
MND612 n 	
W63623	

e Use
f See

Product Category: MCCB

Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/86 and 17/108 to 17/113

17/83

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions

Type HNXD6 ad

Black Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
0900
1000
1200

2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

HNXD63B900
HNXD63B100
HNXD63B120

Black Label

Type HND6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C

Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b
0800
0900
1000
1200

For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
0800
0900
1000
1200

HND63B800
HND63B900
HND63B100
HND63B120

MD63T800
ND63T900
ND63T100
ND63T120

HND63F120

Type CND6 ad

Fuseless Current Limiting

Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
0900
1000
1200

2-Pole

3-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For 2-pole application,
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker

CND63B900n
CND63B100
CND63B120

Lugs
When lugs shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs
TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include
the NDTS shield.

Dimensions (in inches)
Shipping Weights

Breaker				
Type	
W	 L	
D	

Number of	
Number per	
Shipping
Poles	
Carton	
Weight (lbs.)
ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2	
1	
53
3	
1	
61.5
ND6, HND6 Frame Only
2	
1	
42.25
3	
1	
46
ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only
2	
1	
04.5
3	
1	
06.5

D1

ND6, NXD6, HND6,	
HNXD6, CND6, 	
9	
SND6, SHND6, and
SCND6	

16	

6	

8.25

with NDTS
lug shield	

24	

6	

8.25

9	

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HNXD6

and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse connection applications.

b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.

17/84

c When

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
d HACR rated.

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesb
Selection
Current Limiting

Type SND6
Blue Label

Red Label

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SND69800An
SND69100An
SND69120An
SND69800AGn
SND69100AGn
SND69120AGn
SND69800ANTn
SND69100ANTn
SND69120ANTn
SND69800ANGTn
SND69100ANGTn
SND69120ANGTn

Type SCND6-A

Type SHND6

3-Pole, 600V AC

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200

Catalog
Number
SHND69800An
SHND69100An
SHND69120An
SHND69800AGn
SHND69100AGn
SHND69120AGn
SHND69800ANTn
SHND69100ANTn
SHND69120ANTn
SHND69800ANGTn
SHND69100ANGTn
SHND69120ANGTn

Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200

Catalog
Number
SCND69800An
SCND69100An
SCND69120An
SCND69800AGn
SCND69100AGn
SCND69120AGn
SCND69800ANTn
SCND69100ANTn
SCND69120ANTn
SCND69800ANGTn
SCND69100ANGTn
SCND69120ANGTn

SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rated a
Type SND6
Type SHND6
Blue Label
Catalog
Number
SND69800AHn
SND69100AHn
SND69120AHn
SND69800AGHn
SND69100AGHn
SND69120AGHn
SND69800ANTHn
SND69100ANTHn
SND69120ANTHn
SND69800ANGTHn
SND69100ANGTHn
SND69120ANGTHn

Current Limiting

Type SCND6-A
Red Label

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200

Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200

3-Pole, 600V AC

3-Pole, 600V AC

Max
Catalog
Current
Number
Rating
800
SHND69800AHn
1000
SHND69100AHn
1200
SHND69120AHn
800
SHND69800AGHn
1000
SHND69100AGHn
1200
SHND69120AGHn
800
SHND69800ANTHn
1000
SHND69100ANTHn
1200
SHND69120ANTHn
800
SHND69800ANGTHn
SHND69100ANGTHn 1000
SHND69120ANGTHn 1200

Catalog
Number
SCND69800AHn
SCND69100AHn
SCND69120AHn
SCND69800AGHn
SCND69100AGHn
SCND69120AGHn
SCND69800ANTHn
SCND69100ANTHn
SCND69120ANTHn
SCND69800ANGTHn
SCND69100ANGTHn
SCND69120ANGTHn

Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
								
	 Suffix		
Cont	
Long	
Instan-	 Short	
Short	
	 Letter	 Trip	
Current	 Time	
taneous	 Time	
Time	
	 Code	
Type	
Setting	 Delay	
Setting	 Pick Up	 Delay	

Short		
Time	
Ground	 Ground
Fault	
Fault
l2t	
Pick Up	 Pick Up	 Delay

	 A	

LI	

u	

u	

	 AG	

LIG	

u	

u	

u				

	 ANT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	 ANGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u
u	

u

u	

u

Neutral Transformers

Interrupting Ratings
	

Breaker	

RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

	

Type	

240V AC	

480V AC	

600V AC

	
	
	

SND6	
SHND6	
SCND6	

065	
100	
200	

050	
065	
100	

25
50
65

	
	

Ampere	
Rating	

Catalog Number

	
	
	

0800	
1000	
1200	

N08SMDA	
N10SNDA		
N12SNDA

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
For ordering information and terminal connectors,
and enclosures, see page 17/83.
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a  Use

2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for
90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized
per 75°C ampacity.
b  SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL
Listed for reverse connection applications.

Product Category: MCCB

17/85

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Internal Accessories
Selection

Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame
ND/SND 1200A Frame
PD/SPD 1600A Frame
RD 2000A Frame

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
120
208
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S01MN6
S02MN6s
S03MN6
S15MN6s
S04MN6s
S06MN6s
S16MN6s
S07MN6
S09MN6s
S11MN6
S13MN6s

S01MN64A
—
S03MN64As
S15MN64As
S04MN64As
—
S16MN64As
S07MN64A
—
S11MN64As
S13MN64As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Accessory modules can mount in either
left hand or right hand poles of all circuit
breakers, including solid state. Exception:
when mechanical interlock is used.
Accessories cannot be mounted in left
pole.

Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches

AC
120
208
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

024
048
125
250

U01MN6
U02MN6s
U03MN6s
U15MN6s
U04MN6s
U06MN6s
U07MN6
U09MN6s
U11MN6s
U13MN6s

U01MN64A
U02MN64As
U03MN64As
U15MN64As
U04MN64As
—
U07MN64A
U09MN64As
U11MN64As
U13MN64As

U01MN64AA
U02MN64AAs
U03MN64AAs
U15MN64AAs
U04MN64AAs
—
U07MN64AA
U09MN64AAs
U11MN64AAs
U13MN64AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage

1 Form C

2 Form C

AC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

A01MN64
A01MNDLVs

A02MN64
A02MNDLVs

DC

480
—

250
12

Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

B00MN64

A01MN64B

A02MN64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type

Description

SMD, SND, SPD

Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit

Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

17/86

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection

Type PXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V

Blue Label

DC a

Complete Breaker Assembled
(Frame/ Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
PXD63B120n
PXD63B140n
PXD63B160

Continuous
Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600

Mounting Assembly
Catalog Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
TA5P600

Type PD6 Interchangeable Trip e
Blue Label

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1200
1400
1600

Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
PD63B120n
PD63B140
PD63B160

Frame Only
Catalog
Number

Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
PD63T120n
PD63T140
PD63T160

PD63F160

Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TA5P600

Type HPXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e
Blue Label

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
HPXD63B120n
HPXD63B140n
HPXD63B160

Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600

Type HPD6 Interchangeable Trip e
Black Label

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1200
1400
1600

Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
HPD63B120n
HPD63B140
HPD63B160

Frame Only
Catalog
Number

Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
PD63T120n
PD63T140
PD63T160

HPD63F160

Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6
type breakers include frame, trip,
mounting base (MB9301), and both
line and load lugs (PD Frame –
TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When
ordered by these catalog numbers, the
customer will receive the frame, trip,
mounting assembly and lugs
separately packaged. For applications
requiring different mounting base or
lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6
and CPD6 type breakers include frame
with non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required
mounting base and lugs separately.
100% Rated (3-Pole only)
Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are
available with 100% ratings. To order
add suffix “H” to catalog number,
and 10% to list price. 100% PD
breakers require 90˚ C cable sized
at 75˚ C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs.
RD 2000A Frames not available with
100% ratings.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400HZ Applications see page 17/104.

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TA5P600

Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Trip e
Fuseless Current Limiting
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a

Ordering Instructions

Red Label

Lugs (6 required per breaker)d
		
	Catalog	
	Number	
	TA5P600	
	TC5R600	
	TA4P750s	
	TA6R600	

No of	
Cables per	
Connector	
1-5	
1-5 	
1-4	
1-6 	

Wire Range
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al	
300-600 kcmil Cu only	
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al	
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al	

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
CPD63B120n
CPD63B140n
CPD63B160n

Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600

Interrupting Ratings
	

UL 489 A IR		

	

RMS Symmetrical KA		

	
Breaker
Type	

Volts AC			

PD6, PXD6	

240	

480	

65	

50	

Volts DC a

600	

250	

500

25	

30 (2P)	

25 (3P)

HPD6, HPXD6	

100	

65	

50	

30 (2P)	

50 (3P)

CPD6	

200	

100	

65	

30 (2P)	

50 (3P)

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Use

two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V
b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL 
Listed for reverse feed applications.
d For additional information See Note: A, page 17/101.
c PXD6,

e HACR rated.

Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.

17/87

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information 
Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker
only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal
connectors as separate items.
SPD6 and SHPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications.

Type SPD6

Type SHPD6

Blue Label

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600

Catalog
Number
SPD69140n
SPD69160n
SPD69140Gn
SPD69160Gn
SPD69140NTn
SPD69160NTn
SPD69140NGTn
SPD69160NGTn

Max
Current
Rating
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600

Catalog
Number
SHPD69140n
SHPD69160n
SHPD69140Gn
SHPD69160Gn
SHPD69140NTn
SHPD69160NTn
SHPD69140NGTn
SHPD69160NGTn

Lugsa
				
		
No. of	
	Catalog	 Cables per	 Wire
	Number	 Connector	 Range
300–600 kcmil Cu/Al	
	TA5P600	 1–5 pcs.	

	TC5R600	 1–5 pcs.	
	TA6R600	 1–6 pcs.	

300–600 kcmil Cu Only	
300–600 kcmil Cu/Al	

Neutral Transformers
								
	 Suffix		
Cont	
Long	
Instan-	 Short	
Short	
	 Letter	 Trip	
Current	 Time	
taneous	 Time	
Time	
	 Code	
Type	
Setting	 Delay	
Setting	 Pick Up	 Delay	

Short		
Time	
Ground	 Ground
Fault	
Fault
l2t	
Pick Up	 Pick Up	 Delay

LI	

u	

u	

u

	 G	

LIG	

u	

u	

u				

	 NT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	 NGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

	
	

SPD6	
SHPD6	

1400	
1600	

N14SPD	
N16SPD	

u

			
	
Type	
Catalog Number

u	

u

	

1	

PRD6N1	

Mounting Block (Required)b

	

Breaker
Type	

	
	

u	

Interrupting Ratings
	

Ampere		
Rating	
Catalog Number

Enclosure

	 None	

	

	
	

RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489
240V AC	

480V AC	

600V AC

	
	

Catalog Number

065	
100	

050	
065	

025
050

	
	

MB9301	
MBR9302	

All PD, RD Frames:

MB9301 (shown)
MBR9302

MBR9302

MB9301

MBR9302

MB9301

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
bThe PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a
connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into
service.
a For

17/88

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series
Selection

Type RXD6 d
Blue Label

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs)
Complete Breaker Assembled
(Frame/ Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
RXD63B160
RXD63B180
RXD63B200

Continuous
Current
Rating @ 40°C
1600
1800
2000

Mounting Assembly
Catalog Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
TC5R600

Type RD6 d
Blue Label

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs)
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1600
1800
2000

Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
RD63B160n
RD63B180
RD63B200

Frame Only
Catalog
Number
RD63F200

Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
RD63T160n
RD63T180
RD63T200

Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

TC5R600

Black Label

Type HRXD6 d

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
HRXD63B160n
HRXD63B180n
HRXD63B200

Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1600
1800
2000

Black Label

Type HRD6 d
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1600
1800
2000

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number

Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
HRD63B160n
HRD63B180
HRD63B200

Frame Only
Catalog
Number
HRD63F200

Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
RD63T160n
RD63T180
RD63T200

Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302

Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TC5R600

RMS Symmetrical KA	

Breaker	
Type	

Volts AC			

RD6, RXD6	
HRD6, HRXD6	

Volts DC a

240	

480	

600	

250	

500

65	

50	

25	

30 (2P)	

25 (3P)

100	

65	

50	

30 (2P)	

50 (3P)

Connection Points

MB9301	
MBR9302	

Front	
Rear	

Shipping Weights
Number of	
Number per	
Poles	
Carton	
PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6,
Assembled Breakers
3	
1	
PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6
Frame Only
3	
1	
PD6, RD6
Trip Unit Only
3	
1	
Mounting Assembly
MB9301	
1	
MBR9302	
1	

		
	Catalog	
	Number	
	TC5R600	
	TA6R600	

UL 489 A IR		

	

Catalog	
Number	

Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
CPD6
61.5

55.0

06.5
53.0	
50.9	

Lugs (6 required per breaker)e

Interrupting Ratings
	

Mounting Block

No of	
Cables per	
Connector	 Wire Range
1-5 	
300-600 kcmil Cu only	
1-6 	
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al	

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames)
	
	
Breaker Ampere	
Rating	
1200-2000	

Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%							
Tolerance							
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
5000	
5715	
6430	
7145	 7860	
8575	
9790	

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Use

two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for
250V DC applications.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b When

+20%
Tolerance
High
10,000

wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
c RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse feed applications.

Product Category: MCCB

d HACR

rated.
additional information See Note: A, page 17/101
Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
 For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see
page 17/88.
e For

17/89

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
Selection/Dimensions

Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame
ND/SND 1200A Frame
PD/SPD 1600A Frame
RD 2000A Frame

Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage

1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

AC
120
208
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

012
024
048
125
250

S01MN6
S02MN6s
S03MN6
S15MN6s
S04MN6s
S06MN6s
S16MN6s
S07MN6
S09MN6s
S11MN6
S13MN6s

S01MN64A
—
S03MN64As
S15MN64As
S04MN64As
—
S16MN64As
S07MN64A
—
S11MN64As
S13MN64As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Accessory modules can mount in either
left hand or right hand poles of all circuit
breakers, including solid state. Exception:
when mechanical interlock is used.
Accessories cannot be mounted in left
pole.

Control Voltage

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches

AC
120
208
240
277
480
600

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

DC

024
048
125
250

Sensitrip Ammeter

U01MN6
U02MN6s
U03MN6s
U15MN6s
U04MN6s
U06MN6s
U07MN6
U09MN6s
U11MN6s
U13MN6s

U01MN64A
U02MN64As
U03MN64As
U15MN64As
U04MN64As
—
U07MN64A
U09MN64As
U11MN64As
U13MN64As

U01MN64AA
U02MN64AAs
U03MN64AAs
U15MN64AAs
U04MN64AAs
—
U07MN64AA
U09MN64AAs
U11MN64AAs
U13MN64AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage

1 Form C

2 Form C

AC

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

A01MN64
A01MNDLVs

A02MN64
A02MNDLVs

DC

480
—

250
12

Alarm Switch Combinations
The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.

Maximum
Voltage
AC
480

DC
250

1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

B00MN64

A01MN64B

A02MN64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type

Description

SMD, SND, SPD

Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit

Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18

Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

17/90

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector

Selection
			
Instantaneous Trip Range b	
Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs e
				
			
	
Breaker	
Ampere			
Catalog Number		
Catalog Number
	
Type	
Rating	
Minimum c	
Maximum c	
2-Pole		
3-Pole

		
		
		
		
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
		
		
		
		
		
d	
	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
		
		
	
d	
	
	
600V
AC
	
	
250V DC
		
	
a	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
	
a	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
	
a	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
	
a	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
	
d	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	
		
d	
	
	 600V AC	
	 250V DC	

HEM

ED6-A

CED6-A

FXD6
CFD6

JXD6(A)
CJD6

LXD6(A)
CLD6

LMXD6
MXD6

		
d	
	
	 600V AC	
250V DC
	
	

CMD6

3	
9	
33	
—	
	
7	
021	
77	
—	
	
015	
045	
165	
—	
	
030	
090	
330	
—	
	
50	
0150	
550	
—	
	
70	
0210	
770	
—	
	
0100	
0300	
1100	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					
001	
002.6	
00009	
—	
	
002	
007	
00022	
—	
	
003	
010	
00035	
—	
	
005	
016	
00054	
—	
	
010	
030	
00100	
—	
	
025	
055	
00180	
—	
	
030	
080	
00270	
—	
	
040	
115	
00375	
—	
	
050	
180	
00600	
—	
	
100	
315	
01000	
—	
	
125	
500	
01250	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					
001	
002.6	
00009	
—	
	
002	
007	
00022	
—	
	
003	
010	
00035	
—	
	
005	
016	
00054	
—	
	
010	
030	
00100	
—	
	
025	
055	
00180	
—	
	
030	
080	
00270	
—	
	
040	
115	
00375	
—	
	
050	
180	
00600	
—	
	
100	
315	
01000	
—	
	
125	
500	
01250	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					
150	
0400	
00800	
—	
	
150	
0800	
01500	
—	
	
150	
1100	
02500	
—	
	
250	
1100	
02500	
—	
	
SHIPPING:			
0		
150	
0400	
00800	
—	
	
150	
0800	
01500	
—	
	
150	
1100	
02500	
—	
	
250	
1100	
02500	
—	
	
SHIPPING:			
12 lbs. each		
400	
1250	
02500	
—	
	
400	
2000	
04000	
JXD62H400n		
SHIPPING:			
16 lbs. each		
400	
1250	
02500	
—		
04000	
—		
400	
2000	
SHIPPING:			
29.5 lbs. each		
600	
2000	
04000	
LXD62L600n		
600	
3000 	
06000	
—		
SHIPPING:			
16 lbs. each		
600	
2000	
04000	
—		
600	
3000	
06000	
—		
SHIPPING:					
800	
2800	
06000	
—	
	
800	
3200	
08000	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					
800	
3000	
06000	
—	
	
800	
4000	
08000	
—	
	
800	
5000	
10000	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					
800	
3000	
06000	
—	
	
800	
4000	
08000	
—	
	
800	
5000	
10000	
—	
	
SHIPPING:					

Important Information
ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI
circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a2
 -pole

available in 3-pole width only.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

bW
 hen

applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase
approximately +15 to 20%.
-20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other set-

cT
 olerance

Product Category: MCCB

HEM3M003L	
HEM3M007L	
HEM3M015L	
HEM3M030L	
HEM3M050L	
HEM3M070L	
HEM3M100L	
3.7 lbs. each
ED63A001	
ED63A002	
ED63A003	
ED63A005	
ED63A010	
ED63A025	
ED63A030	
ED63A040	
ED63A050	
ED63A100	
ED63A125	
03.8 lbs. each
CED63A001n	
CED63A002n	
CED63A003n	
CED63A005n	
CED63A010n	
CED63A025n	
CED63A030n	
CED63A040n	
CED63A050n	
CED63A100n	
CED63A125n	
06 lbs. each
FXD63L150n	
FXD63A150	
FXD63H150	
FXD63A250	
09 lbs. each
CFD63L150n	
CFD63A150n	
CFD63H150n	
CFD63A250n	
12 lbs. each
JXD63L400	
JXD63H400	
20 lbs. each
CJD63L400n	
CJD63H400n	
31.5 lbs. each
LXD63L600n	
LXD63H600	
20 lbs. each
CLD63L600n	
CLD63H600n	
31.5 lbs. each
LMXD63L800n	
LMXD63A800	
35 lbs. each
MXD63L800n	
MXD63A800n	
MXD63H800	
33 lbs. each
CMD63L800n	
CMD63A800n	
CMD63H800n	
80 lbs. each

Lug Information pages 17/101 to 17/103
Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113
Application data pages 17/92 to 17/93

tings are -20%/+20%
2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit
breaker.

d For

17/91

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuits
Application

General

continuous-current ratings of at least
115% of motor full-load currents. The
trip-setting positions are approximately
11 times motor full-load currents. The
suggested trip settings may have to be
adjusted upward to no higher than 1300%
of full-load current for non-design E type
motors, and no greater than 1700% of full
load current for design E motors, to allow
for motor start-up due to inrush currents.

Protection of Motor Circuits
Molded case circuit breakers are used in
motor circuits as a disconnecting means
and for short-circuit protection. They
should be used in conjunction with
motor-running, over-current-protection
devices, and should permit the motor
to start without nuisance tripping from
motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker
should have a continuous-current rating
of not less than 115% of the motor
full-load current.
The recommended motor circuit
protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous
only circuit breakers) listed have

Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead
of Motor Starter
Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are
recommended for use in combination
motor starters to provide selective
short-circuit protection for the motor

branch circuit. The adjustable
instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens
ETI motor circuit protector provides for a
trip setting slightly above the peak
motor-inrush current. With this setting,
no delay is introduced in opening the
circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit
breaker has no time-delay trip element.
Therefore it must be used in conjunction
with, and immediately ahead of, the
motor-running overcurrent protective
device.
Important: The information below does
not apply to all motor applications: it
is recommended that the user refer to
the National Electrical Code (NEC) for
specific needs.

Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters).
	 Motor	 		
	 Full Load	
Catalog	
	 Amperes	
Number	

ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment	
Amperes

				
	 Motor Full	
Catalog	
	 Load Amperes	 Number	

ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment	
Amperes

				
	 Motor Full	
Catalog	
	 Load Amperes	 Number	

ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment	 Amperes

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
A (min)	
B	
C	
D	
E	
F (max)	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
4	
High	
Low	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low 	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	

	 95.00	 –	 110.00	 	
	 110.00	 –	 124.00	 	
	 138.00	 –	 151.00	 JXD63L400	
	 165.00	 –	 178.00	 CJD63L400	
	 178.00	 –	 192.00	 	
	 192.00	 –	 227.00	 	
	 154.00	 –	 176.00	 	
	 176.00	 –	 198.00	 	
	 220.00	 –	 242.00	 JXD63H400	
	 264.00	 –	 285.00	 CJD63H400	
	 285.00	 –	 308.00	 	
	 308.00	 –	 326.00	 	
	 155.00	 –	 176.00	 	
	 176.00	 –	 198.00	 	
	 220.00	 –	 242.00	 LXD63L600	
	 264.00	 –	 285.00	 CLD63L600	
	 285.00	 –	 308.00	 	
	 308.00	 –	 326.00		
	 231.00	 –	 264.00		
	 264.00	 –	 292.00	 	
	 330.00	 –	 362.00	 LXD63H600	
	 395.00	 –	 428.00	 CLD63H600	
	 428.99	 –	 462.00	 	
	 462.00	 –	 490.00	 	
	 215.00	 –	 238.00	 	
	 238.00	 –	 261.00	 	
	 261.00	 –	 284.00	 	
	 308.00	 –	 369.00	 LMXD63L800	
	 369.00	 –	 423.00	 	
	 423.00	 –	 462.00	 	
	 462.00	 –	 490.00	 	
	 246.00	 –	 269.00	 	
	 269.00	 –	 284.00	 	
	 284.00	 –	 323.00	 	
	 362.00	 –	 492.00	 LMXD63A800	
	 492.00	 –	 562.00	 	
	 562.00	 –	 616.00	 	
	 616.00	 –	 660.00	 	
	 231.00	 –	 264.00	 	
	 264.00	 –	 292.00	 	
	 292.00	 –	 330.00	 	
	 362.00	 –	 395.00	 MXD63L800	
	 428.00	 –	 462.00	 CMD63L800	
	 462.00	 –	 490.00	 	
	 308.00	 –	 352.00	 	
	 352.00	 –	 442.00	 	
	 442.00	 –	 447.00	 	
	 483.00	 –	 527.00	 MXD63A800	
	 571.00	 –	 616.00	 CMD63A800	
	 616.00	 –	 660.00	 	
	 385.00	 –	 440.00	 	
	 495.00	 –	 550.00	 MXD63H800	
	 605.00	 –	 660.00	 CMD63H800	
	 660.00	 –	 695.00	 	

Low	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low 	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
4	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
5	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
5	
6	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
5	
7	
High	
Low	
2	
3	
5	
7	
High	
Low	
3	
5	
6	

0.69	 –	
1.1	 –	
1.6	 –	
2.0	 –	
2.3	 –	
2.6	 –	
1.5	 –	
2.6	 –	
3.7	 –	
4.8	 –	
5.3	 –	
5.8	 –	
3.4	 –	
5.7	 –	
8.0	 –	
10.4	 –	
11.5	 –	
12.7	 –	
3.9	 –	
11.5	 –	
16.1	 –	
20.7	 –	
23.0	 –	
25.3	 –	
11.5	 –	
19.2	 –	
26.9	 –	
34.6	 –	
38.4	 –	
42.2	 –	
16.1	 –	
26.9	 –	
37.6	 –	
48.4	 –	
53.8	 –	
59.2	 –	
23.0	 –	
38.4	 –	
53.8	 –	
69.2	 –	
76.9	 –	
84.6	 –	
.20	 –	
.34	 –	
.46	 –	
.57	 –	
.69	 –	
.53	 –	
.84	 –	
1.15	 –	
1.46	 –	
1.69	 –	
.76	 –	
1.30	 –	
1.76	 –	
2.30	 –	
2.69	 –	

0.91		
1.3		
1.7		
2.2	 HEM3M003L	
2.5		
2.8		
2.0		
3.1		
3.9		
5.2	 HEM3M007L	
5.7		
6.1		
4.5		
6.8		
9.1		
11.4	 HEM3M015L	
12.6		
13.0		
9.1		
13.7		
18.3		
22.9	 HEM3M030L	
25.2		
26.1		
15.2		
22.9		
30.6		
38.3	 HEM3M050L	
42.1		
43.5		
30.6		
32.2		
42.9		
53.7	 HEM3M070L	
59.1		
60.9		
30.9		
46.0		
61.4		
76.8	 HEM3M100L	
84.5		
87.0		
.33		
.45		
.56	 ED63A001	
.68	 CED63A001	
.81		
.83		
1.14		
1.45	 ED63A002	
1.68	 CED63A002	
2.00		
1.29		
1.75		
2.29	 ED63A003	
2.68	 CED63A003	
3.18		

9
15
21
27
30
33
21
35
49
63
70
77
45
75
100
135
150
165
90
150
210
270
300
330
150
250
350
450
500
550
210
350
490
630
700
770
300
500
700
900
1000
1100
2.6
4.5
6
7.5
9
7
11
15
19
22
10
17
23
30
35

1.23	 –	 1.99		
2.00	 –	 2.75		
2.76	 –	 3.52	 ED63A005	
3.53	 –	 4.14	 CED63A005	
4.15	 –	 4.90		
2.30	 –	 3.83		
3.84	 –	 5.37		
5.38	 –	 6.52	 ED63A010	
6.53	 –	 7.68	 CED63A010	
7.69	 –	 9.10		
4.23	 –	 6.91		
6.92	 –	 9.61		
9.62	 –	 11.91	 ED63A025	
11.92	 –	 13.83	 CED63A025	
13.84	 –	 16.40		
6.15	 –	 10.37		
10.38	 –	 14.22		
14.23	 –	 18.06	 ED63A030	
18.07	 –	 20.75	 CED63A030	
20.76	 –	 24.50		
8.84	 –	 14.22		
14.23	 –	 19.60		
19.61	 –	 24.99	 ED63A040	
25.00	 –	 28.83	 CED63A040	
28.84	 –	 34.00		
13.84	 –	 23.06		
23.07	 –	 31.52		
31.53	 –	 39.99	 ED63A050	
40.00	 –	 46.14	 CED63A050	
46.15	 –	 54.50		
24.23	 –	 41.52		
41.53	 –	 56.91		
56.92	 –	 68.45	 ED63A100	
68.46	 –	 76.91	 CED63A100	
76.92	 –	 90.90		
38.46	 –	 55.37		
55.38	 –	 70.75	 	
70.76	 –	 84.60	 ED63A125	
84.61	 –	 96.14	 CED63A125	
96.15	 –	 113.60	 	
30.76	 –	 35.37	 	
35.38	 –	 39.99	 	
44.51	 –	 49.23	 FXD63L150	
53.84	 –	 58.45	 CFD63L150	
58.46	 –	 63.06	 	
63.07	 –	 74.50	 	
61.53	 –	 69.22	 	
69.23	 –	 76.91	 	
84.61	 –	 92.29	 FXD63A150	
100.00	 –	 108.00	 CFD63A150	
108.00	 –	 115.00	 	
115.00	 –	 136.00	 	
85.00	 –	 100.00	 	
100.00	 –	 115.00	 	
131.00	 –	 146.00	 FXD63A250	
162.00	 –	 177.00	 CFD63A250	
177.00	 –	 192.00	 	
192.00	 –	 227.00	 	

16
26
36
46
54
30
50
70
85
100
55
90
125
155
180
80
135
185
235
270
115
185
255
325
375
180
300
410
520
600
315
540
740
890
1000
500
720
920
1100
1250
400
460
580
700
760
820
800
900
1100
1300
1400
1500
1100
1300
1700
2100
2300
2500

1250
1430
1790
2140
2320
2500
2000
2290
2860
3430
3710
4000
2000
2290
2860
3430
3710
4000
3000
3430
4290
5140
5570
6000
2800
3100
3400
4000
4800
5500
6000
3200
3500
3700
4700
6400
7300
8000
3000
3430
3800
4710
5570
6000
4000
4570
5740
6280
7240
8000
5000
6430
7860
8575

Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all
other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance.

17/92

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuits
Application

Breaker Mounted at a Distance From
Motor Starter
ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
conform to the National Electrical Code
table 430-152 requirements for motor
branch and feeder circuit protection
when properly applied in conjunction with
motor-running overcurrent protective
devices. The recommended

circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide
adequate time delay for starting the
majority of three phase induction motors.
To determine the ampere ratings of the ET
breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the
rating of the ET breaker used to protect
the largest motor branch circuit in the
group to the full-load currents of the
remaining motors in the group.

Interrupt Ratings
For normal commercial purposes,
available fault current can conveniently
be obtained in the Interrupting
Selector Tables.

Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters).

	
	 200 and 208V Motors		
230V Motors		
460V Motors		
575V Motors
	 Motor 	 240V Circuit Breaker Data a	
240V Circuit Breaker Data a	
480V Circuit Breaker Data a		
600V Circuit Breaker Data a	
Horse	 power	 Breaker	 Catalog	
Ampere	 Breaker	 Catalog	
Ampere	 Breaker	
Catalog	
Ampere	 Breaker	
Catalog	
Ampere
	 Rating	 Type	
Number	
Rating	 Type	
Number	
Rating	 Type	
Number	
Rating	 Type	
Number	
Rating
	 0001⁄2	
	
BQ3B015	
015		
BQ3B015	
015		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
BQ3B015	
015		
BQ3B015	
015		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
	 0003⁄4		
	
BQ3B015	
015	
	
BQ3B015	
015	
	
ED43B015	
015	
	
ED63B015	
015	
	 001	
BQ b
ED4
ED6
BQ b
BQ3B015	
015		
BQ3B015	
015		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
	 0011⁄2		
	 002		
BQ3B020	
020		
BQ3B015	
015		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
	 003		
BQ3B030	
030		
BQ3B020	
020		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
	 005		
BQ3B040	
040		
BQ3B030	
030		
ED43B015	
015		
ED63B015	
015
BQ3B060	
060		
BQ3B050	
050		
ED43B030	
030		
ED63B020	
020
	 0071⁄2		
b
b
BQ3B070	
070	
BQ 	
BQ3B070	
070	
ED4	
ED43B030	
030	
ED6	
ED63B030	
030
	 010	
BQ 	
	 015		
BQ3B100	
100		
BQ3B090	
090		
ED43B040	
040		
ED63B035	
035
	 020		
	
		
BQ3B100	
100		
ED43B050	
050		
ED63B050	
050
	 025		
FXD63B125	 125		
FXD63B125	
125		
FXD63B090	 090		
FXD63B060	
060
	 030		
FXD63B150	 150		
FXD63B150	
150		
FXD63B100	 100	
FXD63B070	
070
FXD6	
	 040	
FXD6	
FXD63B175	 175	
FXD6	
FXD63B175	
175	
FXD6	
FXD63B125	 125		
FXD63B090	
090
	 050		
FXD63B200	 200		
FXD63B200	
200		
FXD63B150	 150		
FDX63B100	
100
			
FXD63B225	 225
	 060	
JXD2	
JXD23B300	 300	
—	
—	
—	
FXD6, FD6	 FXD63B150	 150	
FXD6	
FXD63B100	
100
	 075	
JXD2	
JXD23B400	 400	
JXD2	
JXD23B350	
350	
FXD6, FD6	 FXD63B200	 200	
FXD6, FD6	 FXD63B125	
125
FD63B250	
250	
	 100	
FD6 c	
FXD6, FD6	 FD63B175	
175
JXD2	
JXD23B400	 400	
JXD2	
JXD23B400	
400	
c
JD63B250	
250
			
	
		
	
	
JD6 	
	 125	
LD6 c or	 LD63B600	
LD6 c or	 LD63B500 or	 500	
FXD6, FD6	 FXD63B200	
200
600	
JD6 c 	
JD63B300	
300	
200
		
LMD6	
LMD63B600	 	
LMD6	
LMD63B500	 		
	
	
OR JD6 c 	 JD63B200	
c
	 150	
LD6 or	 LD63B600 or	
LD63B600 or	 600	
FXD6 or	
FXD63B225	
225
600	
LMD6	
JD6 c 	
JD63B300	
300	
JD63B225	
225
		
LMD6	
LMD63B600	 		
LMD63B600	 		
	
	
JD6 c 	
	 200	
LMD6	
LMD63B800	 800	
LMD6	
LMD63B800	 800	
JD6 c 	
JD63B350	
350	
JD6 c 	
JD63B300	
300
JD63B400	
400	
JD6 c 	
JD63B400	
400
	 250	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
JD6 c 	
c
LD63B600 or	 600	
	 300	
LD6 or	
JD6 c 	
JD63B400	
400
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
			
	
		
	
	
LMD6	
LMD63B600
LD63B500 or	 500
	 350	
LD6 c or	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
LMD6	
LMD63B700	 700	
			
	
		
	
		
	
	
LMD6	
LMD63B500
LD63B600 or	 600
	 400	
LD6 c or	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
LMD6	
LMD63B800	 800	
			
	
		
	
				
LMD6	
LMD63B600
	 500	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
LMD6	
LMD63B800	
800

a The

selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with
Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended
circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special
consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b For

panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for
the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used.

c For

non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the
FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for
the LD6.

17/93

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings
Application
		
	 Breaker	
	 Type	

Maximum	
Continuous	
Amperes	

Nominal							
AC Adjustable Trip Range					
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
High	

ETI Motor Circuit Protector	
Catalog Number	
3-Pole		

Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole	
3-Pole

		
		
		
	 HEM	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 ED6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 CED6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	
	
		FXD6-A
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 FD6-A	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 HFD6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 HHFD6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 CFD6	
		
		
		
		
		
		

3	
7	
15	
30	
50	
70	
100	
1	
2	
3	
5	
10	
25	
30	
40	
50	
100	
125	
1	
2	
3	
5	
10	
25	
30	
40	
50	
100	
125	
70	
80	
90	
100	
110	
125	
150	
150	
150	
175	
200	
225	
250	
70	
80	
90	
100	
110	
125	
150	
175	
200	
225	
250	
70	
80	
90	
100	
110	
125	
150	
175	
200	
225	
250	
70	
80	
90	
100	
110	
125	
150	
175	
200	
225	
250	
70	
80	
90	
100	
110	
125	
150	
150	
150	
175	
200	
225	
250	

9	
21	
45	
90	
150	
210	
300	
2.6	
7	
10	
16	
30	
55	
80	
115	
180	
315	
500	
2.6	
7	
10	
16	
30	
55	
80	
115	
180	
315	
500	
600	
600	
600	
700	
700	
800	
400	
800	
1100	
900	
900	
1100	
1100	
600	
600	
600	
700	
700	
800	
800	
900	
900	
1100	
1100	
600	
600	
600	
700	
700	
800	
800	
900	
900	
1100	
1100	
600	
600	
600	
700	
700	
800	
800	
900	
900	
1100	
1100	
600	
600	
600	
700	
700	
800	
400	
800	
1100	
900	
900	
1100	
1100	

HEM3M003L		
HEM3M007L		
HEM3M015L		
HEM3M030L		
HEM3M050L		
HEM3M070L		
HEM3M100L		
ED63A001		
ED63A002		
ED63A003		
ED63A005		
ED63A010		
ED63A025		
ED63A030		
ED63A040		
ED63A050		
ED63A100		
ED63A125		
CED63A001 n		
CED63A002n		
CED63A003n		
CED63A005n		
CED63A010n		
CED63A025n		
CED63A030n		
CED63A040n		
CED63A050		
CED63A100		
CED63A125		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
FXD63L150		
FXD63A150		
FXD63H150		
—		
—		
—		
FXD63A250		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
CFD63L150		
CFD63A150		
CFD63H150		
—		
—		
—		
CFD63A250		

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
FXD62B070	
FXD62B080	
FXD62B090	
FXD62B100	
FXD62B110	
FXD62B125	
—	
FXD62B150	
—	
FXD62B175	
FXD62B200	
FXD62B225	
FXD62B250	
FD62B070	
FD62B080	
FD62B090	
FD62B100	
FD62B110	
FD62B125	
FD62B150	
FD62B175	
FD62B200	
FD62B225	
FD62B250	
HFD62B070	
HFD62B080	
HFD62B090	
HFD62B100	
HFD62B110	
HFD62B125	
HFD62B150	
HFD62B175	
HFD62B200	
HFD62B225	
HFD62B250	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
CFD62B070	
CFD62B080	
CFD62B090	
CFD62B100	
CFD62B110	
CFD62B125	
—	
CFD62B150	
—	
CFD62B175	
CFD62B200	
CFD62B225	
CFD62B250	

15	
35	
75	
150	
250	
350	
500	
4.5	
11	
17	
26	
50	
90	
135	
185	
300	
540	
720	
4.5	
11	
17	
26	
50	
90	
135	
185	
300	
540	
720	
640	
640	
640	
770	
770	
900	
460	
900	
1300	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
640	
640	
640	
770	
770	
900	
900	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
640	
640	
640	
770	
770	
900	
900	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
640	
640	
640	
770	
770	
900	
900	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
640	
640	
640	
770	
770	
900	
460	
900	
1300	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	

21	
49	
100	
210	
350	
490	
700	
6	
15	
23	
36	
70	
125	
185	
255	
410	
740	
920	
6	
15	
23	
36	
70	
125	
185	
255	
410	
740	
920	
690	
690	
690	
840	
840	
1000	
520	
1000	
1500	
1210	
1210	
1500	
1500	
690	
690	
690	
840	
840	
1000	
1000	
1210	
1210	
1500	
1500	
690	
690	
690	
840	
840	
1000	
1000	
1210	
1210	
1500	
1500	
690	
690	
690	
840	
840	
1000	
1000	
1210	
1210	
1500	
1500	
690	
690	
690	
840	
840	
1000	
520	
1000	
1500	
1210	
1210	
1500	
1500	

Note: T
 olerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489
(7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given
in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15%
to nominal values.

17/94

27	
63	
135	
270	
450	
630	
900	
7.5	
19	
30	
46	
85	
155	
235	
325	
520	
890	
1100	
7.5	
19	
30	
46	
85	
155	
235	
325	
520	
890	
1100	
730	
730	
730	
920	
920	
1100	
580	
1100	
1700	
1370	
1370	
1700	
1700	
730	
730	
730	
920	
920	
1100	
1100	
1370	
1370	
1700	
1700	
730	
730	
730	
920	
920	
1100	
1100	
1370	
1370	
1700	
1700	
730	
730	
730	
920	
920	
1100	
1100	
1370	
1370	
1700	
1700	
730	
730	
730	
920	
920	
1100	
580	
1100	
1700	
1370	
1370	
1700	
1700	

30	
70	
150	
300	
500	
700	
1000	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
770	
770	
770	
990	
990	
1200	
640	
1200	
1900	
1520	
1520	
1900	
1900	
770	
770	
770	
990	
990	
1200	
1200	
1520	
1520	
1900	
1900	
770	
770	
770	
990	
990	
1200	
1200	
1520	
1520	
1900	
1900	
770	
770	
770	
990	
990	
1200	
1200	
1520	
1520	
1900	
1900	
770	
770	
770	
990	
990	
1200	
640	
1200	
1900	
1520	
1520	
1900	
1900	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
810	
810	
810	
1060	
1060	
1300	
700	
1300	
2100	
1780	
1780	
2100	
2100	
810	
810	
810	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
1780	
1780	
2100	
2100	
810	
810	
810	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
1780	
1780	
2100	
2100	
810	
810	
810	
1060	
1060	
1300	
1300	
1780	
1780	
2100	
2100	
810	
810	
810	
1060	
1060	
1300	
700	
1300	
2100	
1780	
1780	
2100	
2100	

—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—	
850	
850	
850	
1140	
1140	
1400	
760	
1400	
2300	
1930	
1930	
2300	
2300	
850	
850	
850	
1140	
1140	
1400	
1400	
1930	
1930	
2300	
2300	
850	
850	
850	
1140	
1140	
1400	
1400	
1930	
1930	
2300	
2300	
850	
850	
850	
1140	
1140	
1400	
1400	
1930	
1930	
2300	
2300	
850	
850	
850	
1140	
1140	
1400	
760	
1400	
2300	
1930	
1930	
2300	
2300	

33	
77	
165	
330	
550	
770	
1100	
9	
22	
35	
54	
100	
180	
270	
375	
600	
1000	
1250	
9	
22	
35	
54	
100	
180	
270	
375	
600	
1000	
1250	
900	
900	
900	
1200	
1200	
1500	
820	
1500	
2500	
2000	
2000	
2500	
2500	
900	
900	
900	
1200	
1200	
1500	
1500	
2000	
2000	
2500	
2500	
900	
900	
900	
1200	
1200	
1500	
1500	
2000	
2000	
2500	
2500	
900	
900	
900	
1200	
1200	
1500	
1500	
2000	
2000	
2500	
2500	
900	
900	
900	
1200	
1200	
1500	
820	
1500	
2500	
2000	
2000	
2500	
2500	

Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the
breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating
knob, then rotate to desired position.

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD63B070
FXD63B080
FXD63B090
FXD63B100
FXD63B110
FXD63B125
—
FXD63B150
—
FXD63B175
FXD63B200
FXD63B225
FXD63B250
FD63B070
FD63B080
FD63B090
FD63B100
FD63B110
FD63B125
FD63B150
FD63B175
FD63B200
FD63B225
FD63B250
HFD63B070
HFD63B080
HFD63B090
HFD63B100
HFD63B110
HFD63B125
HFD63B150
HFD63B175
HFD63B200
HFD63B225
HFD63B250
HHFD63B070	
HHFD63B080
HHFD63B090
HHFD63B100
HHFD63B110
HHFD63B125
HHFD63B150
HHFD63B175
HHFD63B200
HHFD63B225
HHFD63B250
CFD63B070
CFD63B080
CFD63B090
CFD63B100
CFD63B110
CFD63B125
—
CFD63B150
—
CFD63B175
CFD63B200
CFD63B225
CFD63B250

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings
Application

		
	 Breaker	
	 Type	
		
		
		JXD2(A)
	
	
		
		
		
		
	 JXD6(A)	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 JD6(A)	
		
		
		
		
		
		HJD6(A)
	
	
		
		
		
		
		HHJD6
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
	 CJD6	
		
		
		
		
	 LXD6(A)	
		
		
		
		
		LD6(A)
	
	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 HLD6(A)	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 HHLD6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 CLD6	
		
		
		
		
		
		
	 LMXD6	
		
		
		
	 LMD6	
		
		

Maximum	
Continuous	
Amperes	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
400	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
200	
225	
250	
300	
350	
400	
400	
450	
500	
600	
250	
300	
350	
400	
450	
500	
600	
600	
250	
300	
350	
400	
450	
500	
600	
250	
300	
350	
400	
450	
500	
600	
250	
300	
350	
400	
450	
500	
600	
600	
500	
600	
700	
800	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Nominal							
AC Adjustable Trip Range					
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
High	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
1250	 1450	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3800	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3800	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
1250	 1430	
1610	
1790	 1960	 2140	 2320	
2500	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
2000	 2290	
2570	
2860	 3140	 3430	 3710	
4000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3200	 3500	
3700	
4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
2800	 3100	
3400	
3700	 4000	 4800	 5500	
6000	
3200	 3500	
3700	
4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	
3860	
4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3200	 3500	
3700	
4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3200	 3500	
3700	
4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	

ETI Motor Circuit Protector	
Catalog Number	
3-Pole		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
JXD63L400		
JXD63H400		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
CJD63H400		
CJD63L400		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
LXD63L600		
LXD63H600		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
CLD63L600		
CLD63H600		
—		
—		
—		
LMXD63L800		
LMXD63A800		
—		
—		
—		
—		

Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole	
3-Pole
JXD22B200	
JXD23B200
JXD22B225	
JXD23B225
JXD22B250	
JXD23B250
JXD22B300	
JXD23B300
JXD22B350	
JXD23B350
JXD22B400	
JXD23B400
JXD62B200	
JXD63B200
JXD62B225	
JXD63B225
JXD62B250	
JXD63B250
JXD62B300	
JXD62B300
JXD62B350	
JXD23B350
JXD62B400	
JXD23B400
JD62B200	
JD63B200
JD62B225	
JD63B225
JD62B250	
JD63B250
JD62B300	
JD63B300
JD62B350	
JD63B350
—	
—
JD62B400	
JD63B400
HJD62B200	
HJD63B200
HJD62B225	
HJD63B225
HJD62B250	
HJD63H250
HJD62B300	
HJD63B300
HJD62B350	
HJD63B350
HJD62H400	
HJD63B400
HHJD62B200	 HHJD63B200
HHJD62B225	 HHJD63B225
HHJD62B250	 HHJD63B250
HHJD62B300	 HHJD63B300
HHJD62B350	 HHJD63B350
HHJD62B400	 HHJD63B400
—	
CJD63B200
—	
CJD63B225
—	
CJD63B250
—	
CJD63B300
—	
CJD63B350
—	
CJD63B400
—	
—
LXD62B450	
LXD63B450
LXD62B500	
LXD63B500
LXD62B600	
LXD63B600
LD62B250	
LD63B250
LD62B300	
LD63B300
LD62B350	
LD63B350
LD62B400	
LD63B400
LD62B450	
LD63B450
LD62B500	
LD63B500
—	
—
LD62B600	
LD63B600
HLD63B250
HLD62B250	
HLD62B300	
HLD63B300
HLD62B350	
HLD63B350
HLD62B400	
HLD63B400
HLD62B450	
HLD63B450
HLD62B500	
HLD63B500
HLD62B600	
HLD63B600
HHLD62B250	 HHLD63B250
HHLD62B300	 HHLD63B300
HHLD62B350	 HHLD63B350
HHLD62B400	 HHLD63B400
HHLD62B450	 HHLD63B450
HHLD62B500	 HHLD63B500
HHLD62B600	 HHLD63B600
—	
CJD63B250
—	
CJD63B300
—	
CJD63B350
—	
CJD63B400
—	
CLD63B450
—	
CLD63B500
—	
—
—	
CLD63B600
—	
LMXD63B500
LMXD62B600	 LMXD63B600
LMXD62B700	 LMXD63B700
—	
—
LMXD62B800	 LMXD63B800
LMD62B500	
LMD63B500
LMD62B600	
LMD63B600
LMD62B700	
LMD63B700
LMD62B800	
LMD63B800

17/95

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings
Application
		
	 Breaker	
	 Type	
		
		
	 HLMXD6	
		
		
		
	 HLMD6	
		
		
		
	
	
		MD6
		
		
		
		
	
	
		MXD6
		
		
		
		
	 HMD6	
		
		
	
	
		HMXD6
		
		
		
		
	 CMD6	
		
		
		
		
		
	 ND6	
		
		
	 NXD6	
		
		
		
	 HND6	
		
		
	 HNXD6	
		
		
	
	
		CND6
		
		
	 PD6	
		
		
	 PXD6	
		
		
	 HPD6	
		
		
	 HPXD6	
		
		
	 CPD6	
		
		
	 RD6	
	
	
		RXD6
	
	
		HRD6
	
	
		HRXD6

17/96

Maximum	
Continuous	
Amperes	
500	
600	
700	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	
800	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	
800	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	
500	
600	
700	
800	
400	
500	
600	
700	
800	
800	
800	
800	
900	
1000	
1200	
900	
1000	
1200	
800	
900	
1000	
1200	
900	
1000	
1200	
800	
900	
1000	
1200	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1800	
2000	
1800	
2000	
1800	
2000	
1800	
2000	

Nominal							
AC Adjustable Trip Range					
Low	
2	
3	
4	
5	
6	
7	
High	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3200	 3500	 3700	 4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3200	 3500	 3700	 4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3200	 3500	 3700	 4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3200	 3500	 3700	 4200	 4700	 6400	 7300	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4290	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
3000	 3430	 3860	 4280	 4710	 5140	 5570	
6000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
4000	 4570	 5140	 5710	 6280	 6850	 7420	
8000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	
5000	 5715	 6430	 7145	 7860	 8575	 9290	 10000	

ETI Motor Circuit Protector	
Catalog Number	
3-Pole		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
MXD63L800		
MXD63A800		
MXD63H800		
—		
—		
—		
MXD63L800		
MXD63A800		
MXD63H800		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
CMD63L800		
CMD63A800		
CMD63H800		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		

Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole	
3-Pole
—	
HLMXD63B500
—	
HLMXD63B600
—	
HLMXD63B700
—	
HLMXD63B800
HLMD62B500	 HLMD63B500
HLMD62B600	 HLMD63B600
HLMD62B700	 HLMD63B700
HLMD62B800	 HLMD63B800
MD62B500	
MD63B500
MD62B600	
MD63B600
MD62B700	
MD63B700
—	
—
MD62B800	
MD63B800
—	
—
MXD62B500	
MXD63B500
MXD62B600	
MXD63B600
MXD62B700	
MXD63B700
—	
—
MXD62B800	
MXD63B800
—	
—
HMD62B500	
HMD63B500
HMD62B500	
HMD63B600
HMD62B700	
HMD63B700
HMD62B800	
HMD63B800
—	
HMXD63B500
—	
HMXD63B600
—	
HMXD63B700
—	
HMXD63B800
—	
—
—	
—
—	
CMD63B600
—	
CMD63B700
—	
—
—	
CMD63B800
—	
—
ND62B800	
ND63B800
ND62B900	
ND63B900
ND62B100	
ND63B100
ND62B120	
ND63B120
NXD62B900	
NXD63B900
NXD62B100	
NXD63B100
NXD62B120	
NXD63B120
HND62B800	
HND63B800
HND62B900	
HND63B900
HND62B100	
HND63B100
HND62B120	
HND63B120
—	
HNXD63B900
—	
HNXD63B100
—	
HNXD63B120
—	
CND63B800
—	
CND63B900
—	
CND63B100
—	
CND63B120
—	
PD63B120
—	
PD63B140
—	
PD63B160
—	
PXD63B120
—	
PXD63B140
—	
PXD63B160
—	
HPD63B120
—	
HPD63B140
—	
HPD63B160
—	
HPXD63B120
—	
HPXD63B140
—	
HPXD63B160
—	
CPD63B120
—	
CPD63B140
—	
CPD63B160
—	
RD63B180
—	
RD63B200
—	
RXD63B180
—	
RXD63B200
—	
HRD63B180
—	
HRD63B200
—	
HRXD63B180
—	
HRXD63B200
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect
Selection

	 Maximum	
2-Pole		
3-Pole		
	 Frame					
	 Amp Rating	
Catalog Number		
Catalog Number		
	
	

	
	 1100
		

BQ2S060 n 	
BQ2S100n	

	 1125	
		
		
		
		
		
		
		
		

ED22S100An	
	
ED42S100An		
ED42S125An		
ED62S100An		
—	
	
CED62S100An		
CED62S125An		
—	
	
—	
	

Self-Protective
Instantaneous
Override±20%c

BQ3S060n		
BQ3S100n		

11000
11000

ED23S100A		
ED43S100A		
ED43S125A		
ED63S100A		
ED63S125A		
CED63S100An		
CED63S125An		
HES3S100L		
HES3S125L		

11000
11000
11000
11000
11000
11000	
11000
11250
11250

	 1225	

QJ22S225An		

QJ23S225A		

12000

	 1250	
		
		

FXD62S250A	
HFXD62S250An	
a
	

	
	

	

FXD63S250A		
HFXD63S250An		
CFD63S250An		

13200
13200
13200

	 1400	
		
		
		

JXD22S400An	
—	
—	
a
	

	

	
	
	

JXD23S400A		
JXD63S400A		
HJXD63S400An		
CJD63S400An		

16000
16000
16000
16000

	 1600	
		
		

—	
—	
a
	

	
	
	

LXD63S600A		
HLXD63S600An		
CLD63S600An		

16000
16000
16000

	 1800	
		
		

—	
—	
a
	

	
	
	

LMXD63S800An		
MXD63S800A		
CMD63S800A		

18000
18000
18000

	 1200	
		

—	
a
	

	
	

NXD63S120A		
CND63S120An		

10000
10000

	 1600	

a

	

	

PXD63S160Ae		

10000

	 2000	

a

	

	

RXD63S200Ane		

10000

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a For


2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit
breaker.
b For

additional lugs see pages 17/101 to 17/103.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

case switches up to R frame contain a self
protecting instantaneous element, which may open
circuit above their override set point.
d UL

file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and
CSA LR 42022-51.
e Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302.

Ordering Information
Order by catalog number. Switches
include frame and self protective trip
unit only. Order lugs separately from
pages 17/101 to 17/103.

c Molded


Product Category: MCCB

Lugs pages 17/101 to 17/103
Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113

17/97

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Technical
The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit
breaker is a true RMS current sensing
device. Digital microprocessor
circuitry within the electronic trip unit
provides more precise control over
the circuit breaker functions. This
control allows circuit coordination
flexibility not available with thermal
magnetic circuit breakers.

Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers
								
			
Cont	
Long	 Instan-	
Short	
Short	
	Catalog Number	
Trip	
Current	 Time	 taneous	 Time	
Time	
	(Description + Suffix)	 Type	 Setting	 Delay	 Setting	 Pick Up	 Delay	

Short
Time	
l2t	
Pick Up	

	Basic Unit + (A)	

LI	

u	

u	

u

	Basic Unit + (A)G	

LIG	

u	

u	

u				

	Basic Unit + (A)NT	

LSI	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u

	Basic Unit + (A)NGT	

LSIG	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

u	

Ground	
Fault	
Pick Up	

Ground
Fault
Delay

u	

u

u	

u

Letter “A” is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only.

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker.
SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6

SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6

ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere
rating.
lr = Current Rating — a function of
continuous ampere adjustment
setting expressed in % of ln .

17/98

lg = Ground Fault Pickup — a function
of adjustment setting expressed in
% of ln .

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Technical

A. Adjustable “Continuous
Amps” Rating Switch

D. Adjustable “Short Time
Pick-Up” Switch (Optional)

	All Sensitrip III solid state
molded case circuit breakers
have an adjustable
ampere rating switch.
Adjustments made to this
switch change the
continuous current rating of
the breaker from 20% to
100% of its maximum trip
unit rating depending on
the circuit breaker frame.

	Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable short time
pick-up switch allow for
selection of short time
pick-up in a range from 1.5
to 10 times the setting of the
maximum current rating.
E. Adjustable “Short Time
Delay” Switch (Optional)
	Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable short time
pick-up switch also contain a
switch for adjustment in
time delay. The adjustable
short time delay switch
allows for either of two
modes of short time delays.
One range of settings
enables the breaker to be set
for fixed time delays and the
other range of settings
enables the breaker to be set
for short time delays based
on l2t curves.

B. Adjustable “Long Time
Delay” Switch
	All Sensitrip III circuit
breakers have an
adjustable long time delay
switch to allow for
selection of long time
delays of fixed time
intervals at six times the
setting of the adjustable
“continuous amps”
rating switch.
C. Adjustable “Instantaneous
Pick-Up” Switch
	Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable
instantaneous trip switch
allow selection of a tripping
point from related to the
adjusted circuit breaker
Rating (lr).

 djustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up”
A
Switch
 ensitrip III circuit breakers
S
containing the optional equipment
ground fault protection cover the
ground fault pick-up range of 20% to
70% of the circuit breaker frame
rating. The ground fault pick-up
settings also allow for one of three
time delays based on 12t curves.
For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an
external neutral transformer is
required with an ampere rating
equal to the trip unit ampere rating.

ln	= Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating.
lr	 = Current Rating — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.
lg	= Ground Fault Pick-up — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.

Examples of Adjustment Settings
Catalog Number SMD69800A
		
	
In = 800	

Continuous	
Current Setting	

Long Time	
Delay Setting	

Instantaneous
Setting

	
In = 800 amperes	
	
Results	
		

30	
240 amperes	
lr = 30% of 800	

12	
12 seconds trip	
at 6 x 240 amps = 1440.	

8	
1920 amperes
8 x lr = 8 x 240

Catalog Number SMD69800ANGT
			
		
lr	
Setting	
	 ln	

Long	
Time	
Delay	

Short Time		
Pick-Up	
Instantaneous	
Off	
Setting	

Short Time			
Pick-Up	
Short Time	
l2T	
On	
Delay	
Set	

Ground	
Fault	
Pick-Up	

Ground
Fault
Delay

	 800 amperes	
	 Results	

20	
20 sec.	

—	
—	

8 lr	
4480A	

40	
320A	

.2	
.2 sec

C
u	

D
u	

A
	 u	

070	
560	
B
u	

A ln = 800 amperes.
u
B lr = 560 amperes (70% of 800).
u
C
uDelay
= 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x lr).
Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360
amperes.
D Short Time Pick-Up Off — Instantaneous can be used.
u

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

10 lr	
5600A	
E
u	

F
u	

.5	
.5 secs	

.28	
.28 sec @ 4480A	

G
u	

H
u	

I
u	

J
u	

E Instantaneous set at 10 x lr = 10 x 560 = 5600
u
amperes.

H l2t switch on .28 seconds @ 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes.
u
(Inverse time)

F Short Time Pick-Up On — Set at 8 = 8 x 560 = 4480
u
amperes.

I Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of ln = 320
u
amperes. (Definite Time)

G Short Time Delay = .5 seconds. (Definite Time)
u
G & u
H are mutually exclusive.
Note: u

J Ground Fault Delay set at .2 seconds. Breaker will trip in
u
200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault.

17/99

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Electronic and Communications Accessories
Selection
Multiplexor Translator
Breaker Type	

Features	

Catalog Number

SJD, SLD	
SMD, SND	
SPD	

Zone Interlocking Only	

MTZ	

Full Communications
	
with Zone Interlocking

MTA	

Electronic & Display Devices
Trip Unit Test Set
Type	

Catalog Number

SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable	

TS31

Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable	

TS31CABLE

The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone
selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective
interlocking function with interface to ACCESS® Systems.

The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection
functions of the circuit breaker’s trip unit, including long-time, shorttime, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current
injections.

Cables & Connectors

Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit

Ribbon Cables
Breaker Type	
	

SJD, SLD 	
SMD,
	 SND
	SPD
	

Breaker Type	

Catalog Number

Length	

Catalog Number

SJD, SLD, SMD	

SADU

06”	
08”	
12”	
18”	
24”	

EPC06	
EPC08	
EPC12n	
EPC18	
EPC24n	

SND, SPD	

SADURMK18

Length	

Catalog Number

8’	
15’	
25’	
50’	

MTC08	
MTC15	
MTC25	
MTC50	

Telephone Cables
Breaker Type	
	

SJD, SLD 	
SMD,
	 SND,
SPD
	

Expansion Plug
Breaker 	
Type	

Frame 	
Size	

Mounting 	
Type	

Catalog Number

Sensitrip	

ALL	

ALL	

EP	

The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the
breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip
unit on the breaker with a “Ribbon Cable”, EPC08 e.g., and the
Multiplexor Translator with the “Telephone Cable” (an RJ-11 cable)
MTCSB08 e.g.

Component Selection Guide 
	 Trip Units and Application
	 Component	
ZSI (only)	
	 Type	
with 	
		
Sensitrip	
		
MCCB’S	
			

Access
and/or
ZSI with
Sensitrip
MCCB’s

	 EP	

3	

3

	 MTZ 	

3

	 MTA 		

3

	 EPC Cable	

3	

3

	 MTC Cable 	

3	

3

The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time metering for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The
unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays
for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional
features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current
displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs,
and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type
of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA
certified.
The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device
mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switchboard spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior
panel, or wall mounting capability.
The 2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data,
such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously.

SADU Ammeter Display Unit
b	
b	
b	
b	

Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting*

	
	
	
	
	

—	RMS Phase Currents
—	Average Current*
—	Current Demand*
—	Ground Current
—	Current Unbalance (%)*
Breaker Status
—	Normal
—	Impending Trip*
Time Stamped Trip Log
(last 5)

b	
	
	

b	

Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up
2 x 16 LCD Alphanumeric Display*
Ammeter Display Functions

	 —	Time & Date*
	 —	Trip Cause: 	
	 	 LT, ST, GF, SC
b	 Max Log (with date & time)
	
	
	
	
	

—	Max
—	Max
—	Max
—	Max
—	Max

Phase Current*
Average Current*
Ground Current*
Unbalance Current*
Current Demand*

* Unique Features
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

17/100

a


 hen ordered with circuit breaker from the factory.
W
One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required.

Product Category: MCCB



 lways required when multiple MT’s are used.
A
One additional cable per each additional MT.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Lug information

Mechanical Lug
Selection

	 For Use	
	 With Type(s)	

Circuit Breaker	
Ampere Rating	

		

Line Side

Cables Per		
Lug	
Lug Wire Range	

Catalog
Number

		
	
15–40
			

1	
1	

#14–#6 AWG Cu	
TC1Q1 ab 	
#12–#6 AWG Al		

		
	
45–125
BQ, BQH,
			
BQHF

1	
1	

#8–#1 AWG Cu	
#6–#1/0 AWG Al

1	
1	

#14–#10 AWG Cu
#12–#10 AWG Al

1	
1	

#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al

		Switching
	
40–50
Neutrals
			

1	
1	

#8–#6 AWG Cu	
#8–#4 AWG Al	

		BG,
	
55–70
BLG
			

1	
1	

#8–#4 AWG Cu
#8–#2 AWG Al

		
	
80–100
			

1	
1	

#4–#1/0 AWG Cu
#2–#1/0 AWG Al

		
	
110–125
			

1	
1	

#2–#1/0 AWG Cu
#1/0–#2/0 AWG Al

		

	

Load Side

BQE,
		BQF,
	
15–20
			
BL, BLH,
		HBL,
	
25–35
HBQ
			

		

TA1Q1 b

Lugs are integral to
Circuit Breaker

Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side

	 BQD, CQD	
	
15–40
1	
	 BQD6, CQD6			

#14–#6 AWG Cu	
#12–#6 AWG Al

Integral

		
	
45–100	
1
				

#8–#1 AWG Cu	
#6–#1/0 AWG Al

Integral

		
	
15–30
1	
				

#14–#6 AWG Cu	
#12–#6 AWG Al

TC1Q1	

		
	
	
15–30
1
	 NGG, HGG,			
	 LGG	
	
35–125
1	
				

#14–#6 AWG Cu	
#12–#6 AWG Al

3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3)		

#8–#1/0 AWG Cu	
#8–#2/0 AWG Al	

3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3)	

		

15–125	

—	

NUT KEEPER PLATE	

TNKG3c (pkg. of 3)	

		

15-125	

1	

#14-3/0 AWG Cu	

3TW1EG30 (pkg. of 3)	

		

15-125	

1	

#14-1/0 AWG Cu/Al	

3TA1EG10 (pkg. of 3)	

	 NEG, HEG	

15-125	

1	

#6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI	

3TA1EG30 (pkg. of 3)	

		

15-125	

—	

Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole)	

TNKE3 (pkg. of 3)	

		

15-125	

—	

Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole)	

TNKE4 (pkg. of 4)	

	

Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.

Note:
(A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity
of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or
75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity
greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with
75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit
breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in
article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National
Electrical Code.
(B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in
conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

a Lug


is steel.
in package of six.
nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the
NGG breaker.

b Sold

c One


Product Category: MCCB

17/101

Lug information

Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire
Selection
	 For Use	
	 With Type(s)	

Circuit Breaker	
Ampere Rating	

Cables Per		
Lug	
Lug Wire Range	

	 QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, 	
	
60–225	
1
	 HQJ2, HQJ2H			

#6 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu)	
#4 AWG–300 kcmil (Al)

		
#14–#10 AWG (Cu)
		All 2, 3-pole
15–25	
1	
		
#12–#10 AWG (Al)	
ED2, ED4, ED6,
					
ED6 ETI,
		HED4,
30–100	
1	
#10–#1/0 (Cu or Al)	
		HHED6
	
#3-3/0 (Cu)	
110–125	
1
				
#1-2/0 (Al)
					
CED6
		All 1-pole
30–60	
1	
#10–4 (Cu or Al)	
					
ED, HED

					
		
70–100	
1	
#4–#1/0 (Cu or Al)	
					
	
	
	
	

Catalog
Number
TA1Q300 (pkg. of 3)	
SA1E025	
LN1E100	
TA1E6125	
LD1E060 	
(Load Side)	
LD1E100	
(Load Side)	

FXD6-A, FD6-A,					
HFD6,	
	
#6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu)	
70–250	
1
TA1FD350A	
cfd6			
#4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al)	
	
HHFD6				
	

	 SJD6(A),					
	 SHJD6(A)	
65-200	
1–2	
#4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al)	
TA2J630	
	 SCJD6	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

JXD2(A), JXD6(A),	
JD6(A), SJD6(A),			
HJD6(A), HJXD6(A)			
200–400	
1–2
HHJXD6, HHJD6,	
	
SHJD6(A), CJD6,			
SCJD6			

3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
4/0–500 kcmil (Al)	

TA2J6500	

	
	
	
	
	

LXD6(A), LD6(A),
SLD6(A), HLD6(A),			
HLXD6(A), HHLXD6,	
250–600	
1–2	
HHLD6, SHLD6(A),
CLD6, SCLD6			

3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
	
4/0–500 kcmil (Al)

TA2J6500	

1–2	

#1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)	

TA2K500	

1–3

1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)	

TA3K500	

1–2	

500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al)	

TA2N750 b	

	 LMD6a, LMXD6a,
HLMD6a,	
500–600	
	 HLMXD6a, MD6,
	 MXD6, SMD6,
	 HMD6, HMXD6,		
	 SHMD6, CMD6,	
500–800	
	 SCMD6
	

	

	
	
	
	
	

ND6,			
	
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
NXD6, SND6,				
HND6, HNXD6,	
800–1200	
1–4		
SHND6, CND6,			
	
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
SCND6			
	

	
	
	
	
	
	

PD6, HPD6,	
CPD6			
PXD6,	
1200–1600	
1–5	
HPXD6,
SPD6,
SHPD6

	
	
	
	
	

PD6, PXD6,
HPD6, HPXD6,
SPD6, SHPD6,	
1200–2000	
1–6	
300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)	
RD6, RXD6,				
HRD6, HRXD6, STD			

a Use

TA2K500 or TA3K500 only.
for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers.
Rated for 90° C cable.

b Used

17/102

c Contains
d Contains

300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)	

	

	

2TA4P8500 bc	
3TA4P8500 bd	
2TA4N8500 c	
3TA4N8500 d	

TA5P600	

TA6R600	
	

2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.
3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Lug information

Optional Mechanical Lugs
Selection

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

For Use	
Circuit Breaker	
Cables Per	
Lug		
Qty Per	
With Type	
Ampere Rating	
Lug	
Material	
Lug Wire Range	
Catalog No	
Catalog Number
QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, 	
60–225	
1	
Cu	
#6
AWG–250
kcmil
(Cu)	
3	
TC1Q250
	
HQJ2, HQJ2H							
ED, HED 1, 2 & 3-pole	
1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125	 1 	
Cu	
#10–#1/0 (Cu)		
TC1ED6150	
HFD6, HHFD6, 	
70–250	
1	
Cu	
#6
AWG–350
kcmil
(Cu)	
1	
TC1FD350 	
CFD6, F(X)D6-A
J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A),		
1	
Cu	
3/0–600 kcmil (Cu)	
1	
TC1J6600 a	
200–600	
HJD6(A), HHJD6, 	
1–2		
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)	
1	
TC2J6500 a	
SHJD6(A), L(X)D6(A),		
HHLD6, SCD6, 	
	
HLD6(A), SHLD6(A),		
1	
	
500–750 kcmil (Al)	
	
Al
1	
TA1L6750	
CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, 	
250–600	
1		
500–600 kcmil (Cu)		
SCLD6

	
	
	
	
	 SMD6, M(X)D6,	
500–600	
1–2	
Cu	
	 HM(X)D6, HMD6,		
1–3	
Cu	
	 CMD6, SCMD6, SND6,	 700–800	
	
1–2	
Al
	 N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, 				
	 SHND6, CND6, SCND6	
	
800–1200	
1–3	
Al
					
	 R(X)D6, HR(X)D6	
1600–2000	
1–5	
Cu	
	 P(X)D6, HP(X)D6,	
1200–1600	
1–4	
Al	
	 CPD6, SPD6, SHPD6

#1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu)	
#1 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu)	
500–750 kcmil (Cu)	
500–750 kcmil (Al)	
500–750 kcmil (Cu)	
500–750 kcmil (Al)	
300–600 kcmil (Cu)	

1	
1	
2	
3	
2	
3	
1	

TC2K500	
TC3K350	
2TA2N8750 	
3TA2N8750 	
2TA3N8750 	
3TA3N8750 	
TC5R600	

600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al)	

1	

TA4P750s	

		

Compression Lugs
		
Ampere 		
	 For Circuit Breaker Types	
Rating	
Poles	
	 Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit)
	 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6	
15–125	
1, 2, 3	
	 QJ2, QJH2, QJ2-H	
125–225	
2, 3	
	 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6	
125–250	
2, 3	
	 JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, 	
2, 3	
	 SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6		200–600	

	

Lugs 	
Per Kit	

	
Lug Wire Size	

Catalog Number

1	
1	
1	

#2/0 AWG Cu/Al	
350 kcmil Cu/Al	
350 kcmil	

CCE125	
CCQ225	
CCF250 	

1	

500 kcmil	

CCL600	

Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker)

	
	
M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6	
500–800
			
	
	
N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6	
900–1200
			

2	
3	
2	
3	

6		
9	
500 kcmil	
8		
12		

CCM800K2	
CCM800K3	
CCN1200K2	
CCN1200K3	

Distribution Lugs
		
	 For Circuit Breaker Types	

Ampere 		
Rating	
Poles	

Lugs 	
Per kit	

Wires		
Per Lug	
Lug Wire Size	

Catalog Number

	 NGG, HGG, LGG	
15-125	
1,2,3	
1	
6	
#6-#4 AL	
TA6GG04	
						
#14-#4 Cu		
	
	 NEG, HEG	
15-125	
1,2,3	
3	
3	
#14-#2 AWG Cu	
3TA3EG02	
								
		
	 NEG, HEG	
15-125	
1,2,3	
3	
6	
#14-#6 AWG Cu	
							

3TA6EG06	

	 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6	
15-125	
1,2,3	
1	
6	
						

#14-#4 AWG Cu 	
#6-#4 AWG Al

TA6ED06	

	 F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6	
	
70-250	
2,3	
1	
6
						

#14-#4 AWG Cu 	
#6-#4 AWG Al

TA6FD04	

	
	
	

#14-2/0 AWG Cu
#6-2/0 AWG Al	

TA6JD20	

JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A,	
	
200-600	
2,3	
1	
6
SJD6, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, 					
SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

a Used

	

for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers.
purpose wire connectors, not for general use.

 Special

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

17/103

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Modifications

General Selection
A variety of internal and external
accessories, as well as modifications,
are available to adapt Siemens circuit
breakers to special installation
requirements. UL listed internal
accessories for 100 through 2000A
circuit breakers are field-addable.
Internal accessories fine tune an
electrical distribution system,
allowing control of the circuit breakers to
meet special application requirements.
For example, emergency situations may
dictate tripping critically placed circuit
breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish
this conveniently and efficiently.
Or, when voltage drops are a concern,
undervoltage trips automatically open
the circuit breaker at a predetermined
voltage level.
A wide range of external operating and
mounting accessories is also available.
For example, face, shallow, and back
mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ
circuit breakers to OEM applications.
A complete line of operating handles
and handle-blocking devices meet
switchboard, enclosure and safety
needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies,
which simplify switchboard mounting of
circuit breakers and permit breaker
removal without disconnecting bus or
cable connections, are available.

	 50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers 	
	 or 400HZ calibrated breakers.
	 F
 or BL Type Circuit Breakers
   — Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number
(Example: B120M).....................................................................................No Charge
	 For BQ, QJ2, and ED Frame Circuit Breakers
	   — Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’..................................................No Charge
(Example: BQ3M060, QJ23M200, ED63M060)
	For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers
	
Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only).................................................No Charge
	   — Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’
(Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400)
	 400 HZ Calibration
	 UL Listed (5KA IR)
	 for BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)............................................Add 25% to list price
	   — Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number
	 Not UL Listed
	 for all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 6-152 and order standard circuit breakers.
	 Fungus Proofing
	All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG
Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment.
	 For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers.............................................................Add $10.00 net per pole
	   — Consult Sales Office for Availability
	 For all other Circuit Breaker Types..................................................................Add $160.00 net per device
	   — Consult Sales Office for Availability
	 Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $210.00 net
	Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped.
The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement
must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user.

UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers

Ordering Information

Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use
on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels.

For “NAVAL” label, add $75. net per catalog number per order.
Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens
Sales Office.

Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron
ED through RD frames can be labeled “NAVAL” in compliance
with UL 489 Supplement SB.
Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests.
The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to
subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at
each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run
from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three
orthogonal axes of the breaker.
During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed
position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position.
Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test.
For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB.

17/104

Types	
BQD/CQD	
GG	
GB	
ED2, ED4, ED6, IIED4, HED6	
CED6	
FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6	
CFD6	
JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6,	
HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6
HHJD6, HHJXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6	
CJD6, CLD6	
MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6,	
ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6
PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6,	
RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6

UL File
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 1
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 2
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories
General

Feature Combinations
The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations
of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability.
	
	
Breakers	

Modules	 Avail. On				
ST/				
UVT/				
Elect.		
Per	
Breaker		 ST/	 ST/	 AUX/		
UVT/	
UVT/	 AUX/		
AUX/		
Bell	 Ground	 Grd fault
Breaker	 Poles	
ST	 AUX	 ALSW	 ALSW	 UVT	 AUX	
ALSW	 ALSW	 AUX	
ALSW	 ALSW	 Alarm	 fault	
w/Bell

QP, BQ, BLa	

1	

1, 2, 3	

1	 —	

—	

—	

—	

—			

1,2	

—	

—	

—	

—	

BQD, CQD, GB, GG	

1	

2, 3	

1	 1/1	

—	

—	

—	

—			

1,2	

1/1	

1	

—	

—	

—

QJa	

1	

3	

1	 1/1	

—	

—	

—	

—			

2	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—

All ED	

1	

1, 2, 3	

1	 1/1,1/2	 1/1	

1/1/1	

1	

1/1, 1/2	 1/1	

1/1/1	

1, 2	

1/1, 2/1	 1	

—	

1	

1

All FD	

2	

2, 3	

1	 —	

—	

—	

1	

1/1	

—	

—	

1, 2	

1/1	

—	

—	

—

All JD, LD, LMDb	

2	

2, 3	

1	 1	

—	

—	

1	

1/1, 1/2	 —	

—	

1, 2	

1/1, 1/2	 1, 2	

—	

—	

—

1	

3	

1	 1	

—	

—	

1	

1/1, 1/2	 —	

—	

1, 2	

1/1, 1/2	 1, 2	

—	

—	

—

2	

2, 3	

1	 1/1	

—	

—	

1	

1/1, 1/2	 —	

—	

1, 2	

1/1, 2/1	 1, 2	

—	

—	

—

1	

—	

—

SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6,
SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6c	

1	

—

All MD, ND, PD, RD
Including Electronic	
tripd
	

										

	

										

2 NC / 2 NO,

STDe	

6	

3 NC / 3 NO,	 —	

	

										

	

										

5 NC / 5 NO,

											

6 NC / 6 NO

3	

1	 —	

Shunt Trip (ST)
One or all critical circuit breakers may
be tripped from a distant control point
by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt
trip operates through an auxiliary switch
contact; when the breaker opens, current
is not maintained on the shunt trip coil.

Undervoltage Trip (UVT)
When voltage drops to a value below 35%
of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage
trip device automatically opens the breaker.
The operation is instantaneous, and the
circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the

—	

assembled only
mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed in the right pocket.

b If

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

1	

—	

—	

—	

Auxiliary Switch (AUX)
For applications requiring remote “on” or
“off” indication (or electrical interlocking),
auxiliary switches are available. Each
switch comprises an “A” (open when
circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed
when circuit breaker is open) contact with
a common connection. (Form C)

For FD Frames

cIf

1	

4 NC / 4 NO,

voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The
undervoltage trip, which is continuously
energized, must be energized before the
circuit breaker can be closed.

For ED Frames

a Factory

—	

1 NC / 1 NO,	

mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed.
d If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed in the left pocket.

Alarm Switch (ALSW)
The alarm switch contact is closed when
the circuit breaker is opened automatically
by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or
undervoltage trip. The alarm switch
contact is open when the circuit
breaker is reset.

For JD and LD Frames

eO
 ne

module per column.

17/105

Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Circuit Breaker Accessories
Catalog Number



For Use With Breaker Type

Number of Poles

Standard Package

Padlocking Device
For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally
ECPLD1
ECPLD2

ECPLD3
ECPLD3R
ECQLD3
ECQLD4

Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE,
Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE,
BQXD
Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE,
BQXD (Red Color)
Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE,
Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE,
Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex

ECQLN3
ECQTH4

150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR
Type QP, BL, BQH

ECPLD2R

QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD
QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,

1P
2P

3 Pieces
3 Pieces

QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,

2P

3 Pieces

BQ
BQ (Red Color)

3P
3P
1P
QT-Duplex Breakers

1 Piece
1 Piece
10 Pieces
10 Pieces

n/a
Designed for (3) 1P Breakers

1 Piece
1 Piece

Type QT Duplex
Type QP, BL

Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers
2P

25 Pieces
50 Pieces

Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket

Designed for 1” Breaker

10 Pieces

1P
1/2” Breakers

10 Pieces
10 Pieces

Handle Tie
Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles.
ECQTH2
ECQTH3
Mechanical Interlock
ECQML12

Handle Blocking Device
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device
ECQL1
ECBX231M

Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex

Main Breaker Retainer
ECMBR1
ECMBR2

EQ Load Centers
Ultimate Load Centers

1 Piece
1 Piece

Mounting Accessories
MB120
FP9508
FP9555
FP9556
SMB6R
TCH65K
BR2
BR3
BR4
I0204ML1125
I0303ML3100

Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET
Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates

1P
1P
2P
3P
1P, 2P, 3P
2P
3P
4P
1P, 2P
3P

20 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
6 Pieces
500 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces

Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS
Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS

n/a
n/a

6 Pieces
6 Pieces

Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack)
Type BQXD Finger Shield

n/a
n/a

1000 Pieces
2 Pieces

1” Filler Plate

n/a

5 Pieces

Replacement Lugs
TA1Q1
TC1Q1
Finger Shield
BQFS1K
BQFS2
Filler Plate
ECQF3

■	Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery
	For

a complete list of standby power mechanical interlock kits, see the Standby Generator Section XXXX
	 For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers

17/106

	 Not

	 BQ

	 QP

suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit
Breakers
Type includes QPH, HQP
	 BL Type includes BLH, HBL

	 QPF

Type includes BQH, HBQ
Type includes QAFH, BAF, BAFH
Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF
	 QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH
	 QAF

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Circuit Breakers

Accessories
White header

Padlocking Device

ECPLD2

ECPLD1

Handle Tie

ECQLD3

ECQLD4

ECQTH4

Handle Blocking Device

Main Breaker Retainer

ECMBR1

ECBX231M

ECQL1

ECQTH3

ECQTH2

Mechanical Interlock

ECMBR2

ECQML12

Mounting Accessories

SMB6R

MB120

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

I0204ML1125

FP9508 FP9555 FP9556

17/107

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection

Handle Ties with Padlock Device
Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles.
Do not provide common trip.
	 For Use With	
	 Breaker Frame(s)	

Catalog		 Standard	
Number		 Package	

	

BQDHT2	

	

10	

1

BQDHT3	

	

10	

1

	
BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB
		

Wt Lb/
Std Pkg
⁄2
⁄2

Padlocking Devices
For locking breaker in “OFF” position.
HL9419		

10	

1

BQDPLD		

01	

1

HPLG		

01	

1

HPLEB		

01	

1

HPLE		

01	

1

ED2HPL		

01	

1

	 All FD	

FD6PL1		

01	

1

	 All JD, LD, LMD 	

JD6HPL		

01	

1

	 All MD, ND, PD, RD	

MN6PLD		

01	

1

	 All QJ

	
	 All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB
	
	 NGG, HGG, LGG
	
	 EB, 1- thru 3-pole
	
	 EG, 3- and 4-pole only
	
	 All ED	

⁄4
⁄8
⁄4
⁄8
⁄4

FD Padlocking
Device
FD6PLI

⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4

Handle Blocking Devices
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position.
Not a lockout/tagout device.
	 All QJ	

QJHS1a		

25	

1

	 All BQD, CQD, GG, GB	

BQDHBD		

01	

1

HBDE		

01	

1

	 All ED	

E2HBL		

01	

1

	 All FD	

FD6HB1		

01	

1

	 All JD, LD, LMD 	

JD6HBL		

01	

1

	 All MD, ND, PD, RD 	

MN6BL		

01	

1

	

EG	

⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2

FD Handle
Blocking Device
FD6HB1

Handle Extensions
For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker.
	 All MD, ND, PD, RD	

EX11		

01	

2

Terminal Shields
			
	 Breaker Type	
Poles	

Catalog	
Number	

	 NGG, HGG, LGG 	

TSSG3A	

3	

Standard
Package
	

1

Handle
Extension
EX11

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
aS
 old

only in standard package quantities.

17/108

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection

Face Mounting Plates
	 For Use With	
	 Breaker Frame(s)	

Number	
of Poles	

Catalog	
	
Number		

Standard	
Package	

Wt Lb/
Std Pkg

		
	 CQD, CQD6	
		

1	
2	
3	

CQDFMB1	
	
CQDFMB2n	
	
CQDFMB3n		

1	
1	
1	

1

		
	 NGG, HGG, LGG	
		

1	
2	
3	

FMPG1		
FMPG2		
FMPG3		

1	
1	
1	

1

⁄4
⁄4
⁄4

1
1

⁄4
⁄4
⁄4

1
1

Back Mounting Plates
E2BMB		

1	

	 CQD, CQD6	

CQDSMK a		

1	

	 NGG, HGG, LGG	

MSKG4a		

1	

1

MSQJa		

1	

1

	
	 All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits)
	 	

MSE6a		
MSE6100b		

1	
100f	

1

	
	
All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits)
	 	

MSF6a		
MSF650c		

1	
50f	

1

	 All EG 1-pole	

MSKE1	

	

—	

—

	 All EG 2-pole	

MSKE2

	

—	

—

—	

—

1

1

	 ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6	

1	

⁄4

1

Mounting Screw Kit
MSE6

Mounting Screw Kits
	

All QJ	

11⁄4
⁄4

⁄4
1
⁄4
1

	 All LMD	

	
MSKE4
	
	
MSJ6a
	
	
MSLMD		

	 All MD, ND,	

MSMN		

1	

1

	 All PD, RD	

MSPR6		

1	

2

	 All EG 3 or 4-pole	
	 All JD, LD	

	
1	

⁄4

Mechanical Interlock
MI5444

⁄4

1

⁄4

“MI” Mechanical Interlocks
	 For Use With	
	 Breaker Type(s)	
	

All EG (Sliding Bar)	

	 All QJ 	
	

All FD 	

Panel g	
Mounted	

Plug-in		
Mounted	
	

Standard	
Package	

HSBE	

—		

CSO	

—	

MI5444	

1	

Wt Lb
Std Pkg
—

Complete with
0	
two breakers

1

MI5444		

1	

—

—	

	 All JD, LD	

MI5413 d	

—		

1	

1

	 All LMD	

MI5406 dn	

—		

1	

1

	 All MD	

MI5404 en	

—		

1	

3

	 All ND	

MI5404 en	

—		

1	

3

	 All PD, RD	

MI5405es	

—		

—	

—

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Kit

consists of 4 screws and washers.
of 1 screw and washers (order 100).
of 1 screw and washers (order 50).

b Consists
c Consists

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

dW
 ith

mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be
installed into circuit breaker right pole.
of the mechanical interlock will prevent
accessory installation in the left pole.
fS
 old only in standard package quantities. Multiply List
Price Each times package quantity for full price.
eA
 ddition

Product Category: MCCB

gM
 echanical

interlock is not designed for use within
Siemens panelboards.

17/109

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection

Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X
For Use
With
Breaker
Frames
EG
a
ED
FD
JD, LD
LMD
MD, ND
PD, RD

Complete Mechanism

Breaker
Handle Only Operator

Shaft Only

Catalog Number
Standard
Depth

Variable
Depth

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Length
(inches)

Catalog
Number

RHVE64X
CRHOESD
CRHOFSD
CRHOJSD
CRHOLMSD

RHVE124X
CRHOEVD
CRHOFVD
CRHOJVD
CRHOLMVD

—

—
RHOEBO
RHOFBO
RHOJBO
RHOLMBO

—
2
12
16

—
RHOSSD
RHOSVD
RHOSXD

RHONSD

RHONVD

RHOH

3
12
24

RHONSSDs
RHONSVD
RHONSXD

c

CRHOH

c

d

RHONBO

CRHOH

RHOH

Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1 & 12

For Use With
Breaker Frames
CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG
ED
FD
JD, LD

Standard Depth

Variable Depth

Handle and Shaft

Breaker Operator

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

—
D11CEU1
D11CFU1s
—

RHOCQVD
D11CEU2
D11CFU2
D11CJU2

RHOH62
—
—
—

CQDOP
—
—
—

D11CEU2

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s
For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft.
For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft.

Through Door Mounted Operating Handlesb
Types 1 & 12
For Use With
Breaker Frames

Standard Depth

Variable Depth

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG
QJ
EG (3 & 4-Pole only)
EG (red handle)
ED
FD

FMHOS
OH9498 n
RHFESD
RHFESDEM
E2RH1
F6RH1

—
VH9499
—
—
E2RHV9
F6RHV9

Rotary Door Mounted
Operating Handles

Standard
Depth
F6RH1

Door Latch Kits
Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Type

Right Hand

Left Hand

2 point latch
3 point latch

DKR2
DKR3

DKL2n
DKL3n

Variable Depth

Rotary Handle

RHOCQVD

n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a For


use on 3-pole ED frame only.

17/110

F6RHV9

b Meets


d For


c For


the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1
for locking external operator disconnecting devices.
3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown,
and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4.
Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft
lengths.

 Consult


Product Category: MCCB

extended shaft support order catalog number
RHONSB2.
Siemens Sales Office for NFPA-79 Compliance.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection

Max-Flex™, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators c
NEMA
Type

Frames
NGG

EG

ED

FD
JD, LD,
SJD, SLD
LMD
MD, ND,
PD, RD,
SMD, SND,
SPD

1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)

Complete Kit
Catalog
Number

Handle Only
Catalog
Number

MFKG3R3

MFHM3R

MFKG4X3

MFHM4X

MFKE3d

—

MFKE4X3

—

FHOE036 a

FHOH

—

FHOH4

FHOF036

FHOH

—

FHOH4

FHOJ036

FHOH

—

FHOH4

FHOLM036

FHOH

—

FHOH4

FHON048

FHOHN

—

FHOHN4

Cable
Breaker Operator
Catalog Number

36" Cable
Catalog Number

MFMG

MFCF036

—

—

FHOEBOa

FHOEC036

FHOFBO

FHOFC036

FHOJBO

FHOJC036

FHOLMBO

FHOJC036

FHONBO

FHONC048b

Handle

Breaker Operator
Max Flex ™

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are
preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the
letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).

Alternate Length Cable Only
		

ED		

FD		

JD/LD/LMD		

MD/ND/PD/RD

			
		
		
		
	 Inches	 Catalog Number	
Catalog Number	
Catalog Number		Catalog Number
	 048	
	 060	
	 072	
	 084	
	 096	
	 120	
	 144	

FHOEC048		
FHOEC060		
FHOEC072		
FHOEC084s		
FHOEC096		
FHOEC120s		
FHOEC144s		

FHOFC048		
FHOFC060		
FHOFC072		
FHOFC084s		
FHOFC096		
FHOFC120		
FHOFC144s		

FHOJC048			FHONC048	
FHOJC060			FHONC060	
FHOJC072			FHONC072	
FHOJC084s			FHONC084s	
FHOJC096			FHONC096	
FHOJC120s			FHONC120s	
FHOJC144s			FHONC144s	

Handle Auxiliary Switch
For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C).
	

For Use With	

Catalog Number

	

ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex	

HAS1

Fixed Depth Flange Mounting
	
	
Frames	

Left Hand Mount	
Minimum		
Enclosure	
NEMA			
Depth	
Type	
Catalog Number	

ED 	
6.44
		


	
	

FD 	
6.44
		

Right Hand Mount
Catalog Number

1, 3R, 12	

FDFBELs		

FDFBERs	

4, 4X	

FDFBEL4s		

FDFBER4s	

1, 3R, 12	

FDFBFLs		

FDFBFRs	

4, 4X	

FDFBFL4s		

FDFBFR4s	

FDFBFR

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are
preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the
letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aFor

1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or
FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

b48

inch cable is standard length for M through R frame
Max-Flex operators.
cMeets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for
locking external operator disconnecting devices

Product Category: MCCB

dConsult

sales office for additional cable lengths for EG
Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only.
ED only.

3-Pole

17/111

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection/Dimensions

Telemand® Motor Operator
		
	 Breaker Frame	

AC 	
Voltage	

Hinged to Open Down
Catalog Number

	
	
ED except CED
		

120	

MOE6120 	

240	

MOE6240 s	

ED motor operator opens downward.

	 Breaker 	
	 Frame	

DC 	
Voltage	

Hinged to Open Right	
Catalog Number		

AC 	
Voltage	

Hinged to Open Right	
Catalog Number	

		
	 FD	
		

24	
48	
125	

MOF6024DCs	
	
MOF6048DCs		
MOF6125DCs	

120	
240	

MOF6120	
MOF6240	

		
	 JD, LD	
		

24	
48	
125	

MOJ6024DCs	
	
MOJ6048DCs		
MOJ6125DCs	

120	
240	

MOJ6120	
MOJ6240	

		
	 LMD	
		

24	
48	
125	

MOLMD6024DCs	 	
MOLMD6048DCs		
MOLMD6125DCs	

120	
240	

MOLMD6120	
MOLMD6240	

	 MD, ND,	
	 PD, RD	

—	
—	

—	
	
—		

120	
240	

MOMN6120	
MOMN6240	

Telemand Motor Operator

FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD
Frames

To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L).
List prices are the same.s

Dimensions
	

Frame	

B	

C	

D	

E	

	

ED	

A	
7.04	

4.31	

—	

4.31	

13.84	

F
8.84

	

FD	

9.50	

4.55	

1.60	

6.84	

9.70	

7.58

	

JD, LD, LMD	

11.00	

7.50	

0.79	

8.34	

9.85	

7.74

	

MD, ND, PD, RD	

16.00	

9.00	

—	

9.83	

13.13	

10.13

Operating Currents
		

On			

Off		

	
	

Catalog	
Number	

In-Rush	
(Amps)	

Time	
(msec)	

In-Rush	
(Amps)	

	
	

MOE6120	
MOE6240	

10.25	
5.2	

2.3	
1.1	

550	
500	

10	
5	

2.3	
1	

400	
330	

2.3
1.1

	
	

MOF6120/L	
MOF6240/L	

13.6	
7.6	

5.5	
3.5	

200	
200	

13.6	
7.6	

5.5	
3.5	

175	
185	

5.5
3.5

Running	
(Amps)	

Running	
(Amps)	

Time	
(msec)	

Reset
(Amps)

	

MOLMD6120/L	

13.6	

6	

210	

13.6	

6	

185	

6

	
	

MOJ6120/L	
MOJ6240/L	

13.6	
7.6	

6	
3.5	

210	
217	

13.6	
7.6	

6	
3.5	

185	
185	

6
3.5

	
	

MOMN6120/L	
MOMN6240/L	

30.2	
14.7	

13.2	
6	

240	
260	

30.2	
14.7	

13.2	
6	

210	
230	

13.2
6

Front View

Bottom View
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

17/112

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories
Selection

Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies
			

Line Side		

Load Side		

	 For Use With		
	 Breaker Frames	
Poles	

		
Catalog Numberb	

		
Catalog Numberb	

	 EG	
		

3	

PCBERC3f		

—		

4	

PCBERC4f		

—		

—

	 All ED 	
	 except CED	

2	

PC2637s		

PC2638s		

3	

PC2657		

PC2658		

	
	
CED
		

2	

PC2637s		

PC2638s		

3	

PC2657		

PC2658		

	 All FD 	
	 except CFD	

2	

PC4753s		

PC4753s		

3	

PC4754		

PC4754		

	
	
CFD
		

2	

PC4753s		

PC4753s		

3	

PC4754		

PC4754		

	 All JD 	
	 except CJD	

2	

PC5777s		

3	

PC5778		

PC5777s		
	
PC5778	

PL5796

	 Kit CJD, SCJD	

3	

PCCJD		

PCCJD		

PL5797

	 All LD 	
	 except CLD	

2	

PC5660s		

3	

PC5661		

PC5660s		
	
PC5661	

PL5680

	 Kit CLD, SCLD	

3	

PCCLD		

PCCLD		

PL5797

	

2	

PC5662s		

PC5662s		

3	

PC5663		

PC5663		

2	

PC5664cs		

PC5664cs		

3	

PC5666 c		

PC5666 c		

All MD
		

	

	
	
All ND
		

Base

Steel Switchboard
Mounting Plate a
Catalog Number

PL2616
PL2617
PL4762
PL4763

Switchboard
Mounting
Plate

Tulip
Assemblies

PL9698
PL9699

RS4755

Tulip Assemblies Separately
RS4756

	 For	

2-Pole	

3-Pole

	 Frame	

Catalog Number	

Catalog Number

	 ED	

TCE2s		

TCE3s	

	 FD	

TCF2s		

TCF3s	

	 JD	

TCJ2s		

TCJ3s	

	 LD	

TCL2s		

TCL3s	

	 MD	

TCM2s		

TCM3s	

	 ND	

TCN2s		

TCN3s	

Circuit Breaker
With Rear-Connecting Studs

Rear-Connecting Studs
	 For Use 			
	 With			
	 Breaker 	
	 Frames	

Ampere		
Rating	
Description	

Extension	
Behind 	

Breaker	
(inches)	

Line Side		

Load Side

	
	
Catalog Number d	

Catalog Number d
—	
RS2644es	
—	
RS2642es	

		
	
	
All ED
		
		

100	
100	
100	
100	

Line Side (Short)	
Load Side (Short)	
Line Side (Long)	
Load Side (Long)	

2.38	
2.38	
4.88	
4.88	

RS2643 s	
—	
RS2641es	
—	

	
	
All FD
		

250	
250	

Short	
Long	

3.12	
7.06	

RS4756es		
RS4755es		

RS4756es	
RS4755es	

	
	
All JD
		

400	
400	

Short	
Long	

5.85	
11.20	

RS5774s		
RS5773s		

RS5774s	
RS5773s	

	
	
All LD
		

600	
600	

Short	
Long	

5.85	
11.20	

RS5784s		
RS5783s		

RS5784s	
RS5783s	

	Add required shield kit.				

CLRSJL3	

	 CJD, SCJD	
	 CLD, SCLD

e

	
	

	
	

	 LM(X)D6, 	
800	
	 HLM(X)D6 			

Short	
Long	

5.85	
11.20	

RS5788s		
RS5787s		

RS5788s	
RS5787s	

	 All MD, 	
	 ND	

Short	
Long	

5.50	
8.00	

RS5786s		
RS5785s		

RS5786s	
RS5785s	

1200	
1200	

s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aFurnished

at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in
mounting assembly.
bEach piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting
block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for
2-pole, (3) for 3-pole

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

c For

vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute
PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666.
includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud
nuts and terminal shields, when required.

d Price

Product Category: MCCB

e For

proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate
between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker
poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS).
f Plug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load
side in one assembly.

17/113

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference

Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing,
than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment.
Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Reference
Ampere	
Rating at	
40° C (104° F)	
0015	
0020	
0025	
0030	
0035	
0040	
0050	
0060	
0070	
0090	
0100	
0125	
0150	
0175	
0200	
0225	
0250	
0300	
0350	
0400	
0500	
0600	
0700	
0800	
0900	
1000	
1200	
1400	
1600	
1800	
2000	

Ampere Rating at:
25° C	
50° C	
(77° F)	
(122° F)	
0017	
0013	
0022	
0018	
0028	
0023	
0033	
0028	
0039	
0030	
0044	
0037	
0055	
0046	
0066	
0056	
0077	
0065	
0099	
0084	
0110	
0094	
0137	
0114	
0165	
0136	
0192	
0159	
0220	
0182	
0247	
0205	
0275	
0235	
0330	
0276	
0385	
0325	
0440	
0372	
0550	
0468	
0660	
0564	
0770	
0658	
0880	
0754	
0990	
0828	
1100	
0900	
1320	
1090	
1540	
1304	
1760	
1500	
1980	
1690	
2200	
1880	

60° C
(140° F)		
0011
0016
BQ,
0021
BL,
0026
0025
BQD,
0034
CQD,
0042
GG,
0052
0060
GB,
0078
ED
0087
0100
0120
0140
0160
0180
0220
0252
0301
0340
0435
0525
0613
0704
0749
0825
1000
1148
1320
1485
1650

Siemens Breaker Frames

QJ
FD

JD
LD

MD

ND
PD
RD

13,000 (4,000)
Altitude in Feet (Meters)

High Ambient Temperatures
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers
are temperature sensitive and calibrated
for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F)
(average enclosure temperature), a
higher ambient will cause the breaker to
trip at lower current than its nameplate
rating, in other words, causing the
breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).
Similarly, the current carrying capacity
of a circuit conductor is based upon a
certain ambient temperature, a higher
ambient will reduce its current carrying
capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,
with a fluctuating temperature, a
thermal-magnetic breaker will derate
nearly parallel with its connected circuit
conductors and maintain close circuit
protection. If the application temperature
exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,
either a breaker specially calibrated for
the higher ambient or one oversized
according to Table 1 may be selected.
In a case such as this, the circuit
conductors should be oversized as well.
Siemens Sensitrip® III and Type SB
Encased Systems Breakers are
insensitive to temperature changes.
However, they do include circuitry to
protect the components from
abnormally high temperatures.
Moisture — Corrosion
For atmospheres having high moisture
content and / or where fungus growth is
prevalent, a special preventive treatment
may be required.
Where the air is heavily laden with
corrosive elements, breakers made
with special corrosion-resistant
finishes may be required.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater
than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the
ability of a molded case circuit breaker
to transfer heat and interrupt faults.
Therefore, circuit breakers applied at
these altitudes should have interrupting,
insulation and continuous currents
derated as indicated in Figure 1.

12,000 (3,675)
11,000 (3,350)
10,000 (3,000)
9,000 (2,750)
8,000 (2,400)
7,000 (2,100)
6,000 (1,800)
1.0	

.95	

.90	

.85	

.80	

.75

Rating Correction Factor

Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment

17/114

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference

400 Hz Systems a
Siemens molded case circuit breakers
can be applied for overcurrent protection
on 400Hz systems, commonly used to
power computer installations, aircraft,
military and other specialty equipment.
Below are basic guidelines.
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum continuous
current carrying capacity for Siemens
breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased
resistance of the copper sections
resulting from the skin effect produced
by eddy currents at these frequencies,
circuit breakers in many cases require
derating. The thermal derating on these
devices is based upon 100%,
three phase application in open air in a
maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in.
(1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus
at the line and load side. Additional
derating of not less than 20% will be
required if the circuit breaker is to be
utilized in an enclosure. Further derating
may be required if the enclosure

ambient temperature exceeds 40° C
(104° F).
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard
National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz
application. Larger cross sections are
necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars
specified are based upon mounting
the bars in the vertical plane to allow
maximum air flow. All bus bars are
spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm)
apart. Mounting of bus bars in the
horizontal plane will necessitate
additional drafting. Edgewise orientation
of the bus may change the maximum
ratings indicated. If additional information
is required for other connections of cable
or bus, contact Siemens for information.
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures be
measured on the line and load terminals
or T-connectors of the center pole. These

are usually the hottest terminals with a
balanced load. A maximum temperature
of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient
of 40° C) would verify the particular
application. Temperature profiles taken
on these breakers can be correlated to
ensure that the hottest points within
the breaker are within the required
temperature limits.
Factory Configuration
When required, molded case circuit
breakers may be factory calibrated for
400Hz application. These breakers are
specially labeled for 400Hz usage and
their nameplate current rating will
include the necessary derating factory.
The highest “Maximum Continuous
Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the
table below approximates the highest
specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate
ampere rating available for a given
frame size. Contact Siemens for
ordering information on other
breakers applied in 400Hz systems.

400Hz Breakers
	
	

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating	
At 40°C (104°F) b		
	
60HZ	
400HZ		
Siemens
Breaker			
Enclosed	
Type	
Open Air	
Open Air c	
After Derating	
	
015	
015	
012	
	
020	
020	
016	
	
025	
025	
020	
	
030	
030	
024	
	
035	
035	
028	
	
040	
040	
032	
043	
034	
ED2, ED4, ED6,	 045	
BQD, HED4,	
050	
048	
038	
HED6, CED6	
060	
057	
046	
	
070	
067	
054	
	
080	
076	
061	
	
090	
086	
069	
	
100	
095	
076	
	
110	
105	
084	
	
125	
119	
095	
	
070	
063	
050	
	
080	
072	
058	
	
090	
080	
064	
QJ2, QJH2,
	
100	
090	
072	
QJ2H, HQJ2,
110	
095	
075	
HQJ2H, FD6, 	
FXF6, HFD6, 	
125	
105	
084	
HFXD6, CFD6	
150	
125	
100	
	
175	
140	
112	
	
200	
160	
128	
	
225	
180	
144	
	
250	
200	
160	
	
200	
170	
136	
225	
190	
152	
JXD2, JD6,	
250	
210	
168	
JXD6, HJD6,	
HJXD6, HHJD6,	 300	
240	
192	
HHJXD6, CJD6	 350	
260	
208	
	
400	
300	
240	
	
200	
170	
170	
	
225	
190	
190	
JD6, JXD6,
250	
210	
210	
HJD6, HJXD6	
100% Rated	
300	
240	
240	
	
350	
260	
260	
	
400	
300	
300	
aThe

information provided on this page is intended for
reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at
the same time, the data above is based less on

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

75°C (167°F)
Copper
Cable per Pole
No of	
Wire
Pieces	
Size
1	
#14
1	
#12
1	
#10
1	
#10
1	
#10
1	
#8
1	
#8
1	
#8
1	
#6
1	
#4
1	
#4
1	
#3
1	
#3
1	
#2
1	
#1
1	
#4
1	
#4
1	
#3
1	
#3
1	
#2
1	
#1
1	
#1/0
1	
#2/0
1	
#3/0
1	
#4/0
1	
250 kcmil
1	
#3/0
1	
#4/0
1	
250 kcmil
1	
350 kcmil
1	
500 kcmil
2	
#3/0
2	
#3/0
2	
#4/0
1	
250 kcmil
1	
350 kcmil
1	
500 kcmil
2	
#3/0

	
	

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating	
At 40° C (104° F) b		
	
60HZ	
400/415HZ		
Siemens
Breaker			
Enclosed	
Type	
Open Air	
Open Air c	
After Derating	
	
0250	
0210	
168	
	
0300	
0240	
192	
LD6,
LXD6,
	
0350	
0260	
208	
HLD6, HLXD6,
	
0400	
0300	
240	
HHLD6,
HHLXD6,
	
0450	
0340	
272	
CLD6
	
0500	
0375	
300	
	
0600	
0420	
336	
	
0250	
0210	
210	
	
0300	
0240	
240	
	
0350	
0260	
260	
LD6, LXD6,
	
0400	
0300	
300	
HLD6,
HLXD6,
100%
Rated
	
0450	
0340	
340	
	
0500	
0375	
375	
	
0600	
0420	
420	
	
0500	
0400	
320	
MD6,
MXD6,
	
0600	
0430	
360	
HMD6,
	
0500	
400	
HMXD6,
CMD6 0700	
	
0800	
0560	
448	
	
0500	
0400	
400	
MD6, MXD6,
	
0600	
0430	
430	
HMD6,
HMXD6,
CMD6 0700	
	
0500	
500	
100% Rated
	
0800	
0560	
560	
	
0800	
0560	
448	
ND6,
NXD6
	
0900	
0600	
480	
HND6, HNXD6,
	
1000	
0650	
520	
CND6
	
1200	
0780	
624	
ND6,
NXD6
	
0900	
0600	
600	
HND6,
HNXD6, 1000	
	
0650	
650	
CND6
	
1200	
0780	
780	
100%
Rated
	
1200	
0780	
624	
PD6, PXD6,
	
1400	
0850	
680	
HPD6,
HPXD6,
CPD6,
	
1600	
0960	
768	
PD6,
PXD6,
	
1200	
0780	
780	
HPD6,
HPXD6,
	
1400	
0850	
850	
CPD6
	
1600	
0960	
960	
100%
Rated
	
1600	
0960	
768	
RD6,
RXD6,
	
1800	
1080	
864	
HRD6,
HRXD6
80%
Rated
	
2000	
1200	
960	

controlled testing, than on experience and engineering
judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
bAdditional derating may be required if the ambient

75° C (167° F)
Copper
Cable per Pole
No of	
Wire
Pieces	
Size
1	
250 kcmil
1	
350 kcmil
1	
500 kcmil
2	
#3/0
2	
#4/0
2	
250 kcmil
2	
350 kcmil
1	
250 kcmil
1	
350 kcmil
1	
500 kcmil
2	
#3/0
2	
#4/0
2	
250 kcmil
2	
350 kcmil
2	
250 kcmil
2	
350 kcmil
3	
250 kcmil
3	
300 kcmil
2	
250 kcmil
2	
350 kcmil
3	
250 kcmil
3	
300 kcmil
3	
300 kcmil
3	
350 kcmil
3	
400 kcmil
4	
350 kcmil
3	
350 kcmil
3	
400 kcmil
4	
350 kcmil
4	
400 kcmil
4	
500 kcmil
5	
500 kcmil
4	
400 kcmil
4	
500 kcmil
5	
500 kcmil
5	
500 kcmil
5	
500 kcmil
6	
500 kcmil

temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
after derating to compensate for the heating
of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect
generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.

cCalculated

17/115

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference

Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for
Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to
the increased resistance of the copper
sections resulting from the skin effect
produced by eddy currents at these
frequencies, circuit breakers in many
cases require derating. The thermal
derating on these devices is based
upon 100%, three phase application in
open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F)
with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load
side. Additional derating of not less
than 20% will be required if the circuit
breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required
if the enclosure ambient temperature
exceeds 40°C(104° F).

Maximum continuous ampere rating
at 40°C (104°F)
60HZ
Breaker
type

DG

FG

JG
JG
100%
Rated

LG

	The

Open air
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
250
300
350
400
250
300
350
400
400
500
600

400HZ
Open air
48
57
63
72
80
90
95
105
125
90
95
105
125
140
160
180
200
210
240
260
300
210
240
260
300
300
375
420

Wire size
#8
#6
#4
#4
#3
#3
#2
#1
#1/0
#3
#2
#1
#1/0
#2/0
#3/0
#4/0
250 kcmil
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
#2/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
#3/0
#3/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil

Breaker
type

Interrupting Rating
Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz systems are limited to a 5000 A interrupting rating. If higher ratings are required,
consult Siemens.

LG

MG
MG
100%
Rated
NG

NG
100%
Rated
PG
PG 100%
Rated

75°C (167F)
Copper
cable per pole

60HZ

400HZ

Open air
400
500
600
600
700
800
600
700
800
800
900
1000
1200
900
1000
1200
1200
1400
1600
1200

Open air
300
375
420
430
500
560
430
500
560
560
600
650
780
600
650
780
780
850
960
780

1400

850

850

4

500 kcmil

1600

960

960

5

500 kcmil

judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
derating may be required if the ambient
temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).

	Additional

Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures
be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole.
These are usually the hottest terminals
with a balanced load. A maximum
temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maximum ambient of 40°C) would verify
the particular application. Temperature
profiles taken on these breakers can
be correlated to ensure that the hottest
points within the breaker are within the
required temperature limits.

Maximum continuous ampere rating
at 40°C (104°F)

75°C (167F)
Copper
cable per pole

Enclosed after No of
derating
pieces
38
1
46
1
50
1
58
1
64
1
72
1
75
1
84
1
100
1
72
1
75
1
84
1
100
1
112
1
128
1
144
1
160
1
168
1
192
1
208
1
240
2
210
1
240
1
260
1
300
2
240
2
300
2
336
2

information provided on this page is intended for
reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at
the same time, the data above is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering

17/116

Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard
National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz
application. Larger cross sections are
necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars
specified are based upon mounting the
bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced
at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart.
Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal
plane will necessitate additional drafting.
Edgewise orientation of the bus may
change the maximum ratings indicated.
If additional information is required for
other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information.

Enclosed after No of
derating
pieces
240
2
300
2
336
2
360
2
400
3
448
3
430
2
500
3
560
3
448
3
480
3
520
3
624
4
600
3
650
3
780
4
624
4
680
4
768
5
780
4

Wire size
#3/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
400 kcmil

	Calculated

after derating to compensate for the heating
of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect
generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2014:03:05 09:12:29-05:00
Creator                         : Adobe InDesign CS4 (6.0.6)
Modify Date                     : 2014:03:10 06:05:30-05:00
Title                           : 
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19
Metadata Date                   : 2014:03:10 06:05:30-05:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS4 (6.0.6)
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:1983aafe-6f6e-4225-81f1-502752a9f76f
Instance ID                     : uuid:23c27dea-c05e-7d4d-a62a-b49e0ebb2542
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 9.0
Page Count                      : 116

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Product Detail Manual

122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 783643 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation